Nontraumatic Splenic Rupture

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/12/2018 - 20:52
Display Headline
Nontraumatic Splenic Rupture
A 25-year-old man presented for evaluation of lightheadedness as well as pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank.

Case

A 25-year-old college student presented to the ED following a near-syncopal episode. The patient stated he had felt lightheaded and had fallen to his knees immediately after taking a shower earlier that morning, but did not experience any loss of consciousness or injury. He denied a history of syncope or any recent trauma or fatigue. A review of the patient’s systems was negative. His medical history was remarkable for irritable bowel syndrome; he had no surgical history. Regarding his social history, he admitted to occasional alcohol use but denied any tobacco or illicit drug use. He was not on any current prescription or over-the-counter medications and denied any allergies.

The patient’s initial vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 112/58 mm Hg; heart rate, 86 beats/min; temperature, 97.9°F; and respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min. Oxygen saturation was 100% on room air. The patient reported pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank. He rated his pain as a “4” on a 0-to-10 pain scale.

On physical examination, the patient was alert and oriented; he was thin and had mild pallor. His head, eyes, ears, nose, and throat; cardiac; pulmonary; and neurological examinations were normal. The abdominal examination revealed a soft, minimally tender epigastrium but with normal bowel sounds. Initial laboratory studies were remarkable for low hemoglobin (Hgb; 12.0 g/dL) and elevated aspartate transaminase (105 U/L), alanine aminotransferase (168 U/L), total bilirubin (1.6 mg/dL), and glucose (179 mg/dL) levels. The patient’s troponin I and lipase levels were within normal range. An electrocardiogram was unremarkable.

Given the patient’s elevated hepatic enzymes, right upper quadrant ultrasound was obtained, which demonstrated a normal gallbladder, a moderate amount of complicated free fluid (with hyper-echoic densities suggestive of coagulated blood) in all four quadrants, and splenomegaly measuring 13.7 cm (Figure 1a and 1b).

Based on the ultrasound findings, an abdominal and pelvic computed tomography (CT) scan with intravenous (IV) contrast was immediately obtained, which revealed free fluid, a sentinel clot sign around the enlarged spleen measuring 15 cm, and a posterior splenic laceration measuring 1 cm (Figure 2).

The patient’s status, including his vital signs, remained stable throughout his entire ED course. However, repeat laboratory studies taken 4 hours after initial evaluation revealed a further decrease of Hgb to 8.6 g/dL, for which the patient was given IV fluids and 2 U of packed red blood cells.
He was admitted to the intensive care unit, where he continued to be managed nonoperatively. Over the next 2 days the patient remained stable and his Hgb trended up. Additional laboratory testing prior to discharge revealed the following results:



Positive:

  • Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)
  • Viral capsid antigen (VCA) immuno­globulin G
  • VCA immunoglobulin M

Negative:

  • Mononuclear spot test
  • Human immunodeficiency virus
  • Hepatitis B and C
  • Antinuclear antibodies
  • Venereal disease research laboratory test



The rest of the patient’s recovery was uneventful, and he was discharged home in stable condition on hospital day 3.

Discussion

Although the spleen is the most common intra-abdominal organ that can rupture with blunt abdominal trauma, splenic rupture in the absence of trauma is very rare. Nontraumatic splenic rupture (NSR) has been associated with pathological and nonpathological spleens.1,2 A systemic review of NSRs showed that 7% of the 845 patients in the review had completely normal spleens; the remaining 93% had some form of splenic pathology.1

Etiology

The top three causes of splenic enlargement associated with NSR include hematologic malignancies, viral infections, and inflammation.1,2 Although viruses, such as EBV and cytomegalovirus, represent almost 15% of the pathological causes of NSR, it is not uncommon for a patient to have multiple pathological processes present.1 Our patient’s enlarged spleen was due to acute infectious mononucleosis.

Signs and Symptoms

Diagnosing NSR can be challenging and it is often missed or discovered incidentally during evaluation (as was initially the case with our patient).3 Several signs and symptoms present in our patient were red herrings that warranted closer analysis. The patient’s complaint of left shoulder pain suggested left hemidiaphragm irritation from the NSR. Furthermore, our patient’s near-syncopal episode was possibly due to acute vagal simulation from the initial contact of blood with the peritoneal cavity.4 The maximal vagal stimulus was likely transient, as our patient returned to baseline after a brief near-syncopal episode.

 

 

As illustrated in our case, though tachycardia is common in splenic rupture, not all patients present with this sign. The absence of tachycardia in our patient can be explained by the elevation of his baseline enteric vagal tone due to the continued presence of blood in the peritoneum.5 There are also other factors associated with the absence of tachycardia. For example, a well-conditioned athlete presenting with states of shock due to splenic rupture may not show signs of tachycardia.6

San Francisco Syncope Rule

The San Francisco Syncope Rule (SFSR) is a clinical decision-making risk-stratification tool used to determine outcomes and disposition of ED patients presenting with syncope.7 It is important to note that if we had used a straightforward application of the SFSR upon our patient’s initial presentation, the results would have been negative, suggesting he was not at risk for short-term serious outcomes.7

Imaging Studies

As demonstrated in our patient, a quick point-of-care (POC) bedside ultrasound scan can reveal the presence of free fluid in the abdomen to help with the diagnosis. On ultrasound, the presence of free fluid in the right upper quadrant is more commonly found in the hepatorenal recess, whereas in the left upper quadrant free fluid is seen sub-diaphragmatic/suprasplenic first before fluid is seen in the splenorenal recess. Bedside ultrasound can accurately detect as little as 100 mL of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, with a 90% sensitivity and 99% specificity.8

An ultrasound is highly sensitive as a preliminary screening tool to identify the presence of free intraperitoneal fluid and has some limited utility in identifying any disruption in the splenic echotexture that may suggest a laceration or hematoma. Ultrasound, however, has poor specificity in identifying solid organ injuries.9

Computed tomography scanning is the imaging modality of choice for assessing splenic injuries, and should be obtained to confirm the presence of a solid organ injury, as well as to grade the degree of injury and thereby determine the need for surgical intervention.10 It is worth noting that in a hemodynamically unstable patient, exploratory laparotomy may be embarked upon without a CT scan and positive free fluid on ultrasound.

Splenic Injury Scale

Splenic injury is classified on a scale of 1 (mild injury) to 5 (severe injury) (Table).11

Nontraumatic splenic rupture is managed nonoperatively or surgically based on the grade of the injury as well as the patient’s hemodynamic status. Grades 1 and 2 are managed mostly conservatively, whereas grades 4 and 5 are managed mostly operatively.12 A review of 845 cases from 1980 to 2008 found that 14.7% were treated conservatively.1 Due to the immunosuppressive effects of splenectomy, there has been a recent push toward conservative treatment.12

Conclusion

This case illustrates an uncommon presentation of NSR and underscores the importance of considering NSR in the differential diagnoses of patients presenting with abdominal pain—a sign with such a broad differential that NSR could easily be missed during evaluation. Based on its high sensitivity and specificity in detecting the presence of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, POC ultrasound imaging should be used to evaluate patients presenting with abdominal pain and syncopal or near-syncopal symptoms. This case further demonstrates that the absence of tachycardia or signs of shock should not rule out NSR.

References

1. Renzulli P, Hostettler A, Schoepfer AM, Gloor B, Candinas D. Systematic review of atraumatic splenic rupture. Br J Surg. 2009;96(10):1114-1121. doi: 10.1002/bjs.6737.

2. Aubrey-Bassler FK, Sowers N. 613 cases of splenic rupture without risk factors or previously diagnosed disease: a systematic review. BMC Emerg Med. 2012;12:11. doi: 10.1186/1471-227X-12-11.

3. Schattner A, Meital A, Mavor E. Red-flag syncope: spontaneous splenic rupture. Am J Med. 2014;127(6):501-502. doi: 10.1016/j.amjmed.2014.02.024.

4. Moya A, Sutton R, Ammirati F, et al; Task Force for the Diagnosis and Management of Syncope; European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA); Heart Failure Association (HFA); Heart Rhythm Society (HRS). Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of syncope (version 2009). Eur Heart J. 2009;30(21):2631-2671. doi: 10.1093/eurheartj/ehp298.

5. Rana MS, Khalid U, Law S. Paradoxical bradycardia in a patient with haemorrhagic shock secondary to blunt abdominal trauma. BMJ Case Rep. 2010;2010. doi: 10.1136/bcr.04.2010.2872.

6. Kiss O, Sydó N, Vargha P, et al. Prevalence of physiological and pathological electrocardiographic findings in Hungarian athletes. Acta Physiol Hung. 2015;102(2):228-237. doi: 10.1556/036.102.2015.2.13.

7. Quinn JV, Stiell IG, McDermott DA, Sellers KL, Kohn MA, Wells GA. Derivation of the San Francisco Syncope Rule to predict patients with short-term serious outcomes. Ann Emerg Med. 2004;43(2):224-232.

8. Ma OJ, Mateer JR, Ogata M, Kefer MP, Wittmann D, Aprahamian C. Prospective analysis of a rapid trauma ultrasound examination performed by emergency physicians. J Trauma. 1995;38(6):879-885.

9. Kendall JL, Faragher J, Hewitt GJ, Burcham G, Haukoos JS. Emergency Department Ultrasound Is not a Sensitive Detector of Solid Organ Injury. West J Emerg Med. 2009;10(1):1-5.

10. Hassan R, Abd Aziz A, Md Ralib AR, Saat A. Computed tomography of blunt spleen injury: a pictorial review. Malays J Med Sci. 2011;18(1):60-67.

11. Moore EE, Cogbill TH, Jurkovich GJ, Shackford SR, Malangoni MA, Champion HR. Organ injury scaling: spleen and liver (1994 revision). J Trauma. 1995;38(3):323-324.

12. Cirocchi R, Boselli C, Corsi A, et al. Is non-operative management safe and effective for all splenic blunt trauma? A systematic review. Crit Care. 2013;17(5):R185. doi: 10.1186/cc12868.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
456-459
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF
A 25-year-old man presented for evaluation of lightheadedness as well as pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank.
A 25-year-old man presented for evaluation of lightheadedness as well as pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank.

Case

A 25-year-old college student presented to the ED following a near-syncopal episode. The patient stated he had felt lightheaded and had fallen to his knees immediately after taking a shower earlier that morning, but did not experience any loss of consciousness or injury. He denied a history of syncope or any recent trauma or fatigue. A review of the patient’s systems was negative. His medical history was remarkable for irritable bowel syndrome; he had no surgical history. Regarding his social history, he admitted to occasional alcohol use but denied any tobacco or illicit drug use. He was not on any current prescription or over-the-counter medications and denied any allergies.

The patient’s initial vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 112/58 mm Hg; heart rate, 86 beats/min; temperature, 97.9°F; and respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min. Oxygen saturation was 100% on room air. The patient reported pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank. He rated his pain as a “4” on a 0-to-10 pain scale.

On physical examination, the patient was alert and oriented; he was thin and had mild pallor. His head, eyes, ears, nose, and throat; cardiac; pulmonary; and neurological examinations were normal. The abdominal examination revealed a soft, minimally tender epigastrium but with normal bowel sounds. Initial laboratory studies were remarkable for low hemoglobin (Hgb; 12.0 g/dL) and elevated aspartate transaminase (105 U/L), alanine aminotransferase (168 U/L), total bilirubin (1.6 mg/dL), and glucose (179 mg/dL) levels. The patient’s troponin I and lipase levels were within normal range. An electrocardiogram was unremarkable.

Given the patient’s elevated hepatic enzymes, right upper quadrant ultrasound was obtained, which demonstrated a normal gallbladder, a moderate amount of complicated free fluid (with hyper-echoic densities suggestive of coagulated blood) in all four quadrants, and splenomegaly measuring 13.7 cm (Figure 1a and 1b).

Based on the ultrasound findings, an abdominal and pelvic computed tomography (CT) scan with intravenous (IV) contrast was immediately obtained, which revealed free fluid, a sentinel clot sign around the enlarged spleen measuring 15 cm, and a posterior splenic laceration measuring 1 cm (Figure 2).

The patient’s status, including his vital signs, remained stable throughout his entire ED course. However, repeat laboratory studies taken 4 hours after initial evaluation revealed a further decrease of Hgb to 8.6 g/dL, for which the patient was given IV fluids and 2 U of packed red blood cells.
He was admitted to the intensive care unit, where he continued to be managed nonoperatively. Over the next 2 days the patient remained stable and his Hgb trended up. Additional laboratory testing prior to discharge revealed the following results:



Positive:

  • Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)
  • Viral capsid antigen (VCA) immuno­globulin G
  • VCA immunoglobulin M

Negative:

  • Mononuclear spot test
  • Human immunodeficiency virus
  • Hepatitis B and C
  • Antinuclear antibodies
  • Venereal disease research laboratory test



The rest of the patient’s recovery was uneventful, and he was discharged home in stable condition on hospital day 3.

Discussion

Although the spleen is the most common intra-abdominal organ that can rupture with blunt abdominal trauma, splenic rupture in the absence of trauma is very rare. Nontraumatic splenic rupture (NSR) has been associated with pathological and nonpathological spleens.1,2 A systemic review of NSRs showed that 7% of the 845 patients in the review had completely normal spleens; the remaining 93% had some form of splenic pathology.1

Etiology

The top three causes of splenic enlargement associated with NSR include hematologic malignancies, viral infections, and inflammation.1,2 Although viruses, such as EBV and cytomegalovirus, represent almost 15% of the pathological causes of NSR, it is not uncommon for a patient to have multiple pathological processes present.1 Our patient’s enlarged spleen was due to acute infectious mononucleosis.

Signs and Symptoms

Diagnosing NSR can be challenging and it is often missed or discovered incidentally during evaluation (as was initially the case with our patient).3 Several signs and symptoms present in our patient were red herrings that warranted closer analysis. The patient’s complaint of left shoulder pain suggested left hemidiaphragm irritation from the NSR. Furthermore, our patient’s near-syncopal episode was possibly due to acute vagal simulation from the initial contact of blood with the peritoneal cavity.4 The maximal vagal stimulus was likely transient, as our patient returned to baseline after a brief near-syncopal episode.

 

 

As illustrated in our case, though tachycardia is common in splenic rupture, not all patients present with this sign. The absence of tachycardia in our patient can be explained by the elevation of his baseline enteric vagal tone due to the continued presence of blood in the peritoneum.5 There are also other factors associated with the absence of tachycardia. For example, a well-conditioned athlete presenting with states of shock due to splenic rupture may not show signs of tachycardia.6

San Francisco Syncope Rule

The San Francisco Syncope Rule (SFSR) is a clinical decision-making risk-stratification tool used to determine outcomes and disposition of ED patients presenting with syncope.7 It is important to note that if we had used a straightforward application of the SFSR upon our patient’s initial presentation, the results would have been negative, suggesting he was not at risk for short-term serious outcomes.7

Imaging Studies

As demonstrated in our patient, a quick point-of-care (POC) bedside ultrasound scan can reveal the presence of free fluid in the abdomen to help with the diagnosis. On ultrasound, the presence of free fluid in the right upper quadrant is more commonly found in the hepatorenal recess, whereas in the left upper quadrant free fluid is seen sub-diaphragmatic/suprasplenic first before fluid is seen in the splenorenal recess. Bedside ultrasound can accurately detect as little as 100 mL of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, with a 90% sensitivity and 99% specificity.8

An ultrasound is highly sensitive as a preliminary screening tool to identify the presence of free intraperitoneal fluid and has some limited utility in identifying any disruption in the splenic echotexture that may suggest a laceration or hematoma. Ultrasound, however, has poor specificity in identifying solid organ injuries.9

Computed tomography scanning is the imaging modality of choice for assessing splenic injuries, and should be obtained to confirm the presence of a solid organ injury, as well as to grade the degree of injury and thereby determine the need for surgical intervention.10 It is worth noting that in a hemodynamically unstable patient, exploratory laparotomy may be embarked upon without a CT scan and positive free fluid on ultrasound.

Splenic Injury Scale

Splenic injury is classified on a scale of 1 (mild injury) to 5 (severe injury) (Table).11

Nontraumatic splenic rupture is managed nonoperatively or surgically based on the grade of the injury as well as the patient’s hemodynamic status. Grades 1 and 2 are managed mostly conservatively, whereas grades 4 and 5 are managed mostly operatively.12 A review of 845 cases from 1980 to 2008 found that 14.7% were treated conservatively.1 Due to the immunosuppressive effects of splenectomy, there has been a recent push toward conservative treatment.12

Conclusion

This case illustrates an uncommon presentation of NSR and underscores the importance of considering NSR in the differential diagnoses of patients presenting with abdominal pain—a sign with such a broad differential that NSR could easily be missed during evaluation. Based on its high sensitivity and specificity in detecting the presence of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, POC ultrasound imaging should be used to evaluate patients presenting with abdominal pain and syncopal or near-syncopal symptoms. This case further demonstrates that the absence of tachycardia or signs of shock should not rule out NSR.

Case

A 25-year-old college student presented to the ED following a near-syncopal episode. The patient stated he had felt lightheaded and had fallen to his knees immediately after taking a shower earlier that morning, but did not experience any loss of consciousness or injury. He denied a history of syncope or any recent trauma or fatigue. A review of the patient’s systems was negative. His medical history was remarkable for irritable bowel syndrome; he had no surgical history. Regarding his social history, he admitted to occasional alcohol use but denied any tobacco or illicit drug use. He was not on any current prescription or over-the-counter medications and denied any allergies.

The patient’s initial vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 112/58 mm Hg; heart rate, 86 beats/min; temperature, 97.9°F; and respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min. Oxygen saturation was 100% on room air. The patient reported pain in his left shoulder, epigastric region, and right flank. He rated his pain as a “4” on a 0-to-10 pain scale.

On physical examination, the patient was alert and oriented; he was thin and had mild pallor. His head, eyes, ears, nose, and throat; cardiac; pulmonary; and neurological examinations were normal. The abdominal examination revealed a soft, minimally tender epigastrium but with normal bowel sounds. Initial laboratory studies were remarkable for low hemoglobin (Hgb; 12.0 g/dL) and elevated aspartate transaminase (105 U/L), alanine aminotransferase (168 U/L), total bilirubin (1.6 mg/dL), and glucose (179 mg/dL) levels. The patient’s troponin I and lipase levels were within normal range. An electrocardiogram was unremarkable.

Given the patient’s elevated hepatic enzymes, right upper quadrant ultrasound was obtained, which demonstrated a normal gallbladder, a moderate amount of complicated free fluid (with hyper-echoic densities suggestive of coagulated blood) in all four quadrants, and splenomegaly measuring 13.7 cm (Figure 1a and 1b).

Based on the ultrasound findings, an abdominal and pelvic computed tomography (CT) scan with intravenous (IV) contrast was immediately obtained, which revealed free fluid, a sentinel clot sign around the enlarged spleen measuring 15 cm, and a posterior splenic laceration measuring 1 cm (Figure 2).

The patient’s status, including his vital signs, remained stable throughout his entire ED course. However, repeat laboratory studies taken 4 hours after initial evaluation revealed a further decrease of Hgb to 8.6 g/dL, for which the patient was given IV fluids and 2 U of packed red blood cells.
He was admitted to the intensive care unit, where he continued to be managed nonoperatively. Over the next 2 days the patient remained stable and his Hgb trended up. Additional laboratory testing prior to discharge revealed the following results:



Positive:

  • Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)
  • Viral capsid antigen (VCA) immuno­globulin G
  • VCA immunoglobulin M

Negative:

  • Mononuclear spot test
  • Human immunodeficiency virus
  • Hepatitis B and C
  • Antinuclear antibodies
  • Venereal disease research laboratory test



The rest of the patient’s recovery was uneventful, and he was discharged home in stable condition on hospital day 3.

Discussion

Although the spleen is the most common intra-abdominal organ that can rupture with blunt abdominal trauma, splenic rupture in the absence of trauma is very rare. Nontraumatic splenic rupture (NSR) has been associated with pathological and nonpathological spleens.1,2 A systemic review of NSRs showed that 7% of the 845 patients in the review had completely normal spleens; the remaining 93% had some form of splenic pathology.1

Etiology

The top three causes of splenic enlargement associated with NSR include hematologic malignancies, viral infections, and inflammation.1,2 Although viruses, such as EBV and cytomegalovirus, represent almost 15% of the pathological causes of NSR, it is not uncommon for a patient to have multiple pathological processes present.1 Our patient’s enlarged spleen was due to acute infectious mononucleosis.

Signs and Symptoms

Diagnosing NSR can be challenging and it is often missed or discovered incidentally during evaluation (as was initially the case with our patient).3 Several signs and symptoms present in our patient were red herrings that warranted closer analysis. The patient’s complaint of left shoulder pain suggested left hemidiaphragm irritation from the NSR. Furthermore, our patient’s near-syncopal episode was possibly due to acute vagal simulation from the initial contact of blood with the peritoneal cavity.4 The maximal vagal stimulus was likely transient, as our patient returned to baseline after a brief near-syncopal episode.

 

 

As illustrated in our case, though tachycardia is common in splenic rupture, not all patients present with this sign. The absence of tachycardia in our patient can be explained by the elevation of his baseline enteric vagal tone due to the continued presence of blood in the peritoneum.5 There are also other factors associated with the absence of tachycardia. For example, a well-conditioned athlete presenting with states of shock due to splenic rupture may not show signs of tachycardia.6

San Francisco Syncope Rule

The San Francisco Syncope Rule (SFSR) is a clinical decision-making risk-stratification tool used to determine outcomes and disposition of ED patients presenting with syncope.7 It is important to note that if we had used a straightforward application of the SFSR upon our patient’s initial presentation, the results would have been negative, suggesting he was not at risk for short-term serious outcomes.7

Imaging Studies

As demonstrated in our patient, a quick point-of-care (POC) bedside ultrasound scan can reveal the presence of free fluid in the abdomen to help with the diagnosis. On ultrasound, the presence of free fluid in the right upper quadrant is more commonly found in the hepatorenal recess, whereas in the left upper quadrant free fluid is seen sub-diaphragmatic/suprasplenic first before fluid is seen in the splenorenal recess. Bedside ultrasound can accurately detect as little as 100 mL of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, with a 90% sensitivity and 99% specificity.8

An ultrasound is highly sensitive as a preliminary screening tool to identify the presence of free intraperitoneal fluid and has some limited utility in identifying any disruption in the splenic echotexture that may suggest a laceration or hematoma. Ultrasound, however, has poor specificity in identifying solid organ injuries.9

Computed tomography scanning is the imaging modality of choice for assessing splenic injuries, and should be obtained to confirm the presence of a solid organ injury, as well as to grade the degree of injury and thereby determine the need for surgical intervention.10 It is worth noting that in a hemodynamically unstable patient, exploratory laparotomy may be embarked upon without a CT scan and positive free fluid on ultrasound.

Splenic Injury Scale

Splenic injury is classified on a scale of 1 (mild injury) to 5 (severe injury) (Table).11

Nontraumatic splenic rupture is managed nonoperatively or surgically based on the grade of the injury as well as the patient’s hemodynamic status. Grades 1 and 2 are managed mostly conservatively, whereas grades 4 and 5 are managed mostly operatively.12 A review of 845 cases from 1980 to 2008 found that 14.7% were treated conservatively.1 Due to the immunosuppressive effects of splenectomy, there has been a recent push toward conservative treatment.12

Conclusion

This case illustrates an uncommon presentation of NSR and underscores the importance of considering NSR in the differential diagnoses of patients presenting with abdominal pain—a sign with such a broad differential that NSR could easily be missed during evaluation. Based on its high sensitivity and specificity in detecting the presence of free fluid in the abdominal cavity, POC ultrasound imaging should be used to evaluate patients presenting with abdominal pain and syncopal or near-syncopal symptoms. This case further demonstrates that the absence of tachycardia or signs of shock should not rule out NSR.

References

1. Renzulli P, Hostettler A, Schoepfer AM, Gloor B, Candinas D. Systematic review of atraumatic splenic rupture. Br J Surg. 2009;96(10):1114-1121. doi: 10.1002/bjs.6737.

2. Aubrey-Bassler FK, Sowers N. 613 cases of splenic rupture without risk factors or previously diagnosed disease: a systematic review. BMC Emerg Med. 2012;12:11. doi: 10.1186/1471-227X-12-11.

3. Schattner A, Meital A, Mavor E. Red-flag syncope: spontaneous splenic rupture. Am J Med. 2014;127(6):501-502. doi: 10.1016/j.amjmed.2014.02.024.

4. Moya A, Sutton R, Ammirati F, et al; Task Force for the Diagnosis and Management of Syncope; European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA); Heart Failure Association (HFA); Heart Rhythm Society (HRS). Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of syncope (version 2009). Eur Heart J. 2009;30(21):2631-2671. doi: 10.1093/eurheartj/ehp298.

5. Rana MS, Khalid U, Law S. Paradoxical bradycardia in a patient with haemorrhagic shock secondary to blunt abdominal trauma. BMJ Case Rep. 2010;2010. doi: 10.1136/bcr.04.2010.2872.

6. Kiss O, Sydó N, Vargha P, et al. Prevalence of physiological and pathological electrocardiographic findings in Hungarian athletes. Acta Physiol Hung. 2015;102(2):228-237. doi: 10.1556/036.102.2015.2.13.

7. Quinn JV, Stiell IG, McDermott DA, Sellers KL, Kohn MA, Wells GA. Derivation of the San Francisco Syncope Rule to predict patients with short-term serious outcomes. Ann Emerg Med. 2004;43(2):224-232.

8. Ma OJ, Mateer JR, Ogata M, Kefer MP, Wittmann D, Aprahamian C. Prospective analysis of a rapid trauma ultrasound examination performed by emergency physicians. J Trauma. 1995;38(6):879-885.

9. Kendall JL, Faragher J, Hewitt GJ, Burcham G, Haukoos JS. Emergency Department Ultrasound Is not a Sensitive Detector of Solid Organ Injury. West J Emerg Med. 2009;10(1):1-5.

10. Hassan R, Abd Aziz A, Md Ralib AR, Saat A. Computed tomography of blunt spleen injury: a pictorial review. Malays J Med Sci. 2011;18(1):60-67.

11. Moore EE, Cogbill TH, Jurkovich GJ, Shackford SR, Malangoni MA, Champion HR. Organ injury scaling: spleen and liver (1994 revision). J Trauma. 1995;38(3):323-324.

12. Cirocchi R, Boselli C, Corsi A, et al. Is non-operative management safe and effective for all splenic blunt trauma? A systematic review. Crit Care. 2013;17(5):R185. doi: 10.1186/cc12868.

References

1. Renzulli P, Hostettler A, Schoepfer AM, Gloor B, Candinas D. Systematic review of atraumatic splenic rupture. Br J Surg. 2009;96(10):1114-1121. doi: 10.1002/bjs.6737.

2. Aubrey-Bassler FK, Sowers N. 613 cases of splenic rupture without risk factors or previously diagnosed disease: a systematic review. BMC Emerg Med. 2012;12:11. doi: 10.1186/1471-227X-12-11.

3. Schattner A, Meital A, Mavor E. Red-flag syncope: spontaneous splenic rupture. Am J Med. 2014;127(6):501-502. doi: 10.1016/j.amjmed.2014.02.024.

4. Moya A, Sutton R, Ammirati F, et al; Task Force for the Diagnosis and Management of Syncope; European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA); Heart Failure Association (HFA); Heart Rhythm Society (HRS). Guidelines for the diagnosis and management of syncope (version 2009). Eur Heart J. 2009;30(21):2631-2671. doi: 10.1093/eurheartj/ehp298.

5. Rana MS, Khalid U, Law S. Paradoxical bradycardia in a patient with haemorrhagic shock secondary to blunt abdominal trauma. BMJ Case Rep. 2010;2010. doi: 10.1136/bcr.04.2010.2872.

6. Kiss O, Sydó N, Vargha P, et al. Prevalence of physiological and pathological electrocardiographic findings in Hungarian athletes. Acta Physiol Hung. 2015;102(2):228-237. doi: 10.1556/036.102.2015.2.13.

7. Quinn JV, Stiell IG, McDermott DA, Sellers KL, Kohn MA, Wells GA. Derivation of the San Francisco Syncope Rule to predict patients with short-term serious outcomes. Ann Emerg Med. 2004;43(2):224-232.

8. Ma OJ, Mateer JR, Ogata M, Kefer MP, Wittmann D, Aprahamian C. Prospective analysis of a rapid trauma ultrasound examination performed by emergency physicians. J Trauma. 1995;38(6):879-885.

9. Kendall JL, Faragher J, Hewitt GJ, Burcham G, Haukoos JS. Emergency Department Ultrasound Is not a Sensitive Detector of Solid Organ Injury. West J Emerg Med. 2009;10(1):1-5.

10. Hassan R, Abd Aziz A, Md Ralib AR, Saat A. Computed tomography of blunt spleen injury: a pictorial review. Malays J Med Sci. 2011;18(1):60-67.

11. Moore EE, Cogbill TH, Jurkovich GJ, Shackford SR, Malangoni MA, Champion HR. Organ injury scaling: spleen and liver (1994 revision). J Trauma. 1995;38(3):323-324.

12. Cirocchi R, Boselli C, Corsi A, et al. Is non-operative management safe and effective for all splenic blunt trauma? A systematic review. Crit Care. 2013;17(5):R185. doi: 10.1186/cc12868.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(10)
Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(10)
Page Number
456-459
Page Number
456-459
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Nontraumatic Splenic Rupture
Display Headline
Nontraumatic Splenic Rupture
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Historical Patterns and Variation in Treatment of Injuries in NFL (National Football League) Players and NCAA (National Collegiate Athletic Association) Division I Football Players

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:24
Display Headline
Historical Patterns and Variation in Treatment of Injuries in NFL (National Football League) Players and NCAA (National Collegiate Athletic Association) Division I Football Players

Among National Football League (NFL) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) team physicians, there is no consensus on the management of various injuries. At national and regional meetings, the management of football injuries often is debated.

Given the high level of interest in the treatment of elite football players, we wanted to determine treatment patterns by surveying orthopedic team physicians. We conducted a study to determine the demographics of NFL and NCAA team physicians and to identify patterns and variations in the management of common injuries in these groups of elite football players.

Materials and Methods

The study was reviewed by an Institutional Review Board before data collection and was classified as exempt. The study population consisted of head orthopedic team physicians for NFL teams and NCAA Division I universities. The survey (Appendix),

which included questions about team physician experience, team medical coverage, reimbursement issues, and management of common football injuries, was emailed to the head orthopedic team physicians (a paper version of the survey was mailed to those who had no known email address or who preferred a hard copy). Data were collected from May 1, 2007 through July 15, 2008.

Chi-square tests were used to determine significant differences between groups. P < .05 was considered statistically significant.

Results

Responses were received from 31 (97%) of the 32 NFL and 111 (93%) of the 119 NCAA team physicians. The 2 groups’ surveys were identical with the exception of question 3, regarding NFL division or NCAA conference.

Team Physician Demographics

All survey respondents were the head orthopedic physicians for their teams. Seventy-one percent were the head team physicians as well; another 25% named a primary care physician as the head team physician. Thirty-nine percent of the NFL team physicians had been a team physician at the NFL level for more than 15 years, and 58% of the NCAA team physicians had been a team physician at the Division I level for more than 15 years. Eighty-one percent of NFL and 66% of NCAA team physicians had fellowship training in sports medicine. For away games, 10% of NFL vs 65% of NCAA teams traveled with 2 physicians; 90% of NFL and 28% of NCAA teams traveled with 3 or more physicians.

Only a small percentage of respondents (NFL, 10%; NCAA, 14%) indicated they had received advertising in exchange for services. Most respondents (NFL, 93%; NCAA, 89%) did not pay to provide team coverage. In contrast, 97% of NFL vs only 31% of NCAA physicians indicated they received a monetary stipend for providing orthopedic coverage.

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstructions

Eighty-seven percent of NFL and 67% of NCAA respondents indicated that patellar tendon autograft was their preferred graft choice (Table 1).

The percentage of NCAA physicians who allowed return to football 6 months or less after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction was significantly (P = .03) higher than that of NFL physicians
(Figure 1).

Anterior Shoulder Dislocations (Without Bony Bankart)

Sling use after reduction of anterior shoulder dislocation was varied, with most physicians using a sling 2 weeks or less (Table 2).

Ninety-three percent of the team physicians in each group had athletes play with a harness when they returned from an in-season injury. For anterior stabilization, most team physicians (NFL, 79%; NCAA, 69%) performed arthroscopic repair. A minority indicated that, after anterior stabilization, they always required use of a harness; a higher proportion based their decision on the player’s position (Table 3).
Return to contact was similarly allowed by both groups, and 90% allowed return to contact within 4 to 6 months (Figure 2).

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries

Roughly two-thirds of respondents (NFL, 60%; NCAA, 69%) indicated that, during a game, they managed acute acromioclavicular (AC) joint injuries (type I/II) with injection of a local anesthetic that allowed return to play. In addition, a majority (NFL, 90%; NCAA, 87%) indicated they gave such athletes pregame injections that allowed them to play. About half the physicians (NFL, 57%; NCAA, 52%) injected the AC joint with cortisone during the acute/subacute period (<1 month) to decrease inflammation.

No significant difference was found between the 2 groups in terms of proportion of surgeons electing to treat type III AC joint injuries operatively versus nonoperatively (Table 4).

Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries

There was a significant (P < .0001) difference in use of prophylactic bracing for medial collateral ligament (MCL) injuries (NFL, 28%; NCAA, 89%).

Bracing was most commonly used in offensive linemen (Figure 3).

 

 

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries

The percentage of physicians who allowed athletes to return to play after a grade I/II posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injury was significantly (P = .01) higher in NFL physicians (22%) than in NCAA physicians (7%). The amount of time varied up to more than 4 weeks (Figure 4).

When athletes returned to play after a grade I/II PCL injury, significantly (P < .01) more NCAA physicians (64%) than NFL physicians (37%) required bracing.

Physicians varied in their responses about how often grade III PCL injuries would be managed (Table 5). Both groups’ preferred method of operative repair was the arthroscopic single-bundle technique (Figure 5).

Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

A majority of respondents indicated they would treat a complete elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) tear in a quarterback; a much smaller percentage preferred operative repair in athletes playing other positions (Table 6).

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

For athletes with in-season thumb UCL tears, 63% of NFL and 54% of NCAA physicians indicated they cast the thumb and allowed return to play. Others recommended operative repair and either cast the thumb and allowed return to play (NFL, 30%; NCAA, 41%) or let the thumb heal before allowing return to play (NFL, 7%; NCAA, 5%).

Fifth Metatarsal Fractures

For a large majority of physicians (NFL, 100%; NCAA, 94%), the preferred treatment for fifth metatarsal fractures was screw fixation.

The percentage of physicians who allowed return to play by 6 weeks was significantly (P < .01) higher in NCAA (55%) than NFL (24%) physicians (Figure 6).

Tibia Fractures

In the 5-year period before the survey, 43% of NFL and 75% of NCAA physicians managed at least one tibia fracture (P < .001) (Figure 7).

The treatment preferred by all NFL physicians and 96% of NCAA physicians was intramedullary nailing. Only 2 respondents, both in the NCAA, removed the nail before allowing return to play. Five physicians, all in the NCAA, reported nonunions occurring after tibia fractures. Reported complications (NFL, 8%; NCAA, 13%) included 4 cases of fatty embolism, 1 death, infection, compartment syndrome, muscular contracture, and persistent pain.

Ketorolac Injections

Intramuscular ketorolac injections were frequently given to elite football players, significantly (P < .01) more so in the NFL (93%) than in the NCAA (62%). The average number of injections varied among physicians, though a significantly (P < .0001) higher percentage of NFL (79%) than NCAA (13%) physicians gave 5 or more injections per game.

Discussion

This survey on managing common injuries in elite football players had an overall response rate of 94%. All NFL divisions and NCAA conferences were represented in physicians’ responses. Ninety percent of NFL and 65% of NCAA head team physicians were orthopedists. These findings differ from those of Stockard1 (1997), who surveyed athletic directors at Division I schools and reported 45% of head team physicians were family medicine-trained and 41% were orthopedists.

Given the high visibility of team coverage and the economics of college football’s highest division, one might expect team physicians to receive financial remuneration. This was not the case, according to our survey: Only 30% of physicians received a monetary stipend for team coverage, and only 14% received advertising in exchange for their services. Twelve NCAA team physicians indicated they pay to be allowed to provide team coverage.

Injury Management

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. For NFL and NCAA team physicians, the preferred graft choice for ACL reconstruction was patellar tendon autograft. This finding is similar to what Erickson and colleagues2 reported from a survey of NFL and NCAA team physicians: 86% of surgeons preferred bone–patellar tendon–bone (BPTB) autograft. However, only 1 surgeon (0.7%) in that study, vs 16% in ours, preferred allograft. Allograft use may be somewhat controversial, as relevant data on competitive athletes are lacking, and it has been shown that the graft rupture rate3 is higher for BPTB allograft than for BPTB autograft in young patients. However, much of the data on higher failure rates with use of allograft in young patients4,5 has appeared since our data were collected.

Our return-to-play data are similar to data from other studies.2,6 According to our survey, the most common length of time from ACL reconstruction to return to football was 6 months, and 94% of team physicians allowed return to football by 9 months. In the survey by Erickson and colleagues,2 55% of surgeons waited a minimum of 6 months before returning athletes to play, and only 12% waited at least 9 months. In the study by Bradley and colleagues6 (2002), 84% of surgeons waited at least 6 months before returning athletes to play. Of note, we found a significantly higher percentage of NCAA football players than NFL players returning within 6 months after surgery. The difference may be attributable to a more cautious approach being taken with NFL players, whereas most NCAA players are limited in the time remaining in their football careers and want to return to the playing field as soon as possible.

Shoulder Dislocations. Responses to the 5 survey questions on anterior shoulder dislocation showed little consensus with respect to management. The exception pertained to use of a harness for in-season return to play with a dislocation—92% of physicians preferred management with a harness. Of note, 7 of 10 team surgeons performed anterior stabilization through an arthroscopic approach. Despite historical recommendations to perform open anterior stabilization in collision athletes, NFL and NCAA physicians’ practice patterns have evolved.7 Although return to contact activity was varied among responses, 94% of physicians allowed return to contact within 6 months.

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries. For college football players, AC joint injuries are the most common shoulder injuries.8 In the NFL Combine, the incidence of AC joint injuries was 15.7 per 100 players.8 Several studies have cited favorable results with nonoperative management of type III AC joint injuries.9-12 Nonoperative management was the preferred treatment in our study as well, yet 26% of surgeons still preferred operative treatment in quarterbacks. Opinions about operative repair of type III injuries in overhead athletes vary,13 but nonoperative management clearly is the preferred method for elite football players. A 2013 study by Lynch and colleagues14 found that only 2 of 40 NFL players with type III AC joint injuries underwent surgery.

For type I and II AC joint injuries that occur during a game, more than two-thirds of the NCAA team physicians in our study favored injecting a local anesthetic to reduce pain and allow return to play in the same game. An even larger majority indicated they gave a pregame injection of an anesthetic to allow play. Similar use of injections for AC joint injuries has been reported in Australian-rules football and rugby.15Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries. Whether bracing is prophylactic against MCL injuries is controversial.16 Some studies have found it effective.17,18 According to our survey, 89% of Division I football teams used prophylactic knee bracing, mainly in offensive linemen but frequently in defensive linemen, too. No schools used bracing in athletes who played skill positions, except quarterbacks. Six schools used bracing on a quarterback’s front leg.

The percentage of teams that used prophylactic MCL bracing was significantly higher in the NCAA than in the NFL. NCAA team physicians generally have more control over players and therefore can implement widespread use of this bracing.

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. These injuries are infrequent. According to Parolie and Bergfeld,19 only 2% of college football players at the NFL Combine had a PCL injury. Treatment in athletes remains controversial. Our survey showed physicians’ willingness to return players to competition within 4 weeks after grade I/II PCL injuries. There is no consensus on management or on postinjury bracing. In operative cases, however, the preferred graft is allograft, and the preferred repair method is the arthroscopic single-bundle technique. These findings mirror those of a 2004 survey of the Herodicus Society by Dennis and colleagues.20 Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. In throwing athletes with UCL tears, operative treatment has been recommended.21,22 A majority of our survey respondents preferred operative treatment for quarterbacks. However, operative treatment is still controversial, and quarterbacks differ from baseball players in their throwing motions and in the stresses acting on the UCLs during throwing. Two systematic reviews of UCL reconstruction have affirmed the positive outcomes of operative treatment in throwing athletes.21,22 However, most of the studies covered by these reviews focused on baseball players. In athletes playing positions other than quarterback, these injuries were typically treated nonoperatively.

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. Our survey respondents differed in their opinions on treating thumb UCL tears. About half recommended cast treatment, and the other half recommended operative treatment. Previous data suggest that delaying surgical treatment may be deleterious to the eventual outcome.23,24Fifth Metatarsal Fractures. For fifth metatarsal fractures, screw fixation was preferred by 90% of our survey respondents—vs 73% of NFL team physicians in a 2004 study by Low and colleagues.25 What remains controversial is the length of time before return to play. Our most frequent response was 4 to 6 weeks, and 46% of our respondents indicated they would wait 7 weeks or longer. These times differ significantly from what Low and colleagues25 reported: 86% of their physicians allowed return to competition after 6 to 12 weeks.

Tibia Fractures. Management of tibia fractures in US football players has not been reported. Chang and colleagues26 described 24 tibial shaft fractures in UK soccer players. Eleven fractures (~50%) were treated with intramedullary nails, 2 with plating, and 11 with conservative management. All players returned to activity, the operative group at 23.3 weeks and the nonoperative group at 27.6 weeks. Our respondents reported treating at least 150 tibial shaft fractures in the 5-year period before our survey, demonstrating the incidence and importance of this type of injury. A vast majority of team surgeons (96%) opted for treatment with intramedullary nailing. This choice may reflect an ability to return to play earlier—the ability to move the knee and maintain strength in the legs. Some have suggested it is important to remove the nail before the player returns to the football field, but this was not common practice among our groups of team surgeons. Other studies have not found any advantage to tibial nail removal.27Ketorolac Injections. Authors have described using ketorolac for the treatment of acute or pregame pain in professional football players.28-30 According to a 2000 survey, 93% of NFL teams used intramuscular ketorolac, and on average 15 players per team were treated, primarily on game day. Our survey found frequent use of ketorolac, with almost two-thirds of team orthopedists indicating pregame use. Ketorolac use was popular, particularly because of its effect in reducing postoperative pain and its potent effect in reducing pain on game day. However, injections by football team physicians have declined significantly in recent years, ever since an NFL Physician Society task force published recommendations on ketorolac use.31

 

 

Conclusion

There is a wide variety of patterns in treating athletes who play football at the highest levels of competition. Our findings can initiate further discussion on these topics and assist orthopedists providing game coverage at all levels of play in their decision-making process by helping to define the standard of care for their injured players.

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):E319-E327. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

References

1. Stockard AR. Team physician preferences at National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I universities. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 1997;97(2):89-95.

2. Erickson BJ, Harris JD, Fillingham YA, et al. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction practice patterns by NFL and NCAA football team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(6):731-738.

3. Kraeutler MJ, Bravman JT, McCarty EC. Bone-patellar tendon-bone autograft versus allograft in outcomes of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a meta-analysis of 5182 patients. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2439-2448.

4. Bottoni CR, Smith EL, Shaha J, et al. Autograft versus allograft anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective, randomized clinical study with a minimum 10-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(10):2501-2509.

5. Sun K, Tian S, Zhang J, Xia C, Zhang C, Yu T. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with BPTB autograft, irradiated versus non-irradiated allograft: a prospective randomized clinical study. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(5):464-474.

6. Bradley JP, Klimkiewicz JJ, Rytel MJ, Powell JW. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and current treatment trends among team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(5):502-509.

7. Rhee YG, Ha JH, Cho NS. Anterior shoulder stabilization in collision athletes: arthroscopic versus open Bankart repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(6):979-985.

8. Brophy RH, Barnes R, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Prevalence of musculoskeletal disorders at the NFL Combine—trends from 1987 to 2000. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(1):22-27.

9. Bishop JY, Kaeding C. Treatment of the acute traumatic acromioclavicular separation. Sports Med Arthrosc. 2006;14(4):237-245.

10. Mazzocca AD, Arciero RA, Bicos J. Evaluation and treatment of acromioclavicular joint injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(2):316-329.

11. Schlegel TF, Burks RT, Marcus RL, Dunn HK. A prospective evaluation of untreated acute grade III acromioclavicular separations. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):699-703.

12. Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):38-44.

13. Kraeutler MJ, Williams GR Jr, Cohen SB, et al. Inter- and intraobserver reliability of the radiographic diagnosis and treatment of acromioclavicular joint separations. Orthopedics. 2012;35(10):e1483-e1487.

14. Lynch TS, Saltzman MD, Ghodasra JH, Bilimoria KY, Bowen MK, Nuber GW. Acromioclavicular joint injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and management. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(12):2904-2908.

15. Orchard JW. Benefits and risks of using local anaesthetic for pain relief to allow early return to play in professional football. Br J Sports Med. 2002;36(3):209-213.

16. Salata MJ, Gibbs AE, Sekiya JK. The effectiveness of prophylactic knee bracing in American football: a systematic review. Sports Health. 2010;2(5):375-379.

17. Albright JP, Powell JW, Smith W, et al. Medial collateral ligament knee sprains in college football. Effectiveness of preventive braces. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22(1):12-18.

18. Sitler M, Ryan J, Hopkinson W, et al. The efficacy of a prophylactic knee brace to reduce knee injuries in football. A prospective, randomized study at West Point. Am J Sports Med. 1990;18(3):310-315.

19. Parolie JM, Bergfeld JA. Long-term results of nonoperative treatment of isolated posterior cruciate ligament injuries in the athlete. Am J Sports Med. 1986;14(1):35-38.

20. Dennis MG, Fox JA, Alford JW, Hayden JK, Bach BR Jr. Posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: current trends. J Knee Surg. 2004;17(3):133-139.

21. Purcell DB, Matava MJ, Wright RW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):72-77.

22. Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

23. Fricker R, Hintermann B. Skier’s thumb. Treatment, prevention and recommendations. Sports Med. 1995;19(1):73-79.

24. Smith RJ. Post-traumatic instability of the metacarpophalangeal joint of the thumb. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59(1):14-21.

25. Low K, Noblin JD, Browne JE, Barnthouse CD, Scott AR. Jones fractures in the elite football player. J Surg Orthop Adv. 2004;13(3):156-160.

26. Chang WR, Kapasi Z, Daisley S, Leach WJ. Tibial shaft fractures in football players. J Orthop Surg Res. 2007;2:11.

27. Karladani AH, Ericsson PA, Granhed H, Karlsson L, Nyberg P. Tibial intramedullary nails—should they be removed? A retrospective study of 71 patients. Acta Orthop. 2007;78(5):668-671.

28. Eichner ER. Intramuscular ketorolac injections: the pregame Toradol parade. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(4):169-170.

29. Nepple JJ, Matava MJ. Soft tissue injections in the athlete. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):396-404.

30. Powell ET, Tokish JM, Hawkins RJ. Toradol use in the athletic population. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2002;1(4):191.

31. Matava M, Brater DC, Gritter N, et al. Recommendations of the National Football League physician society task force on the use of toradol® ketorolac in the National Football League. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):377-383.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
E319-E327
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Among National Football League (NFL) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) team physicians, there is no consensus on the management of various injuries. At national and regional meetings, the management of football injuries often is debated.

Given the high level of interest in the treatment of elite football players, we wanted to determine treatment patterns by surveying orthopedic team physicians. We conducted a study to determine the demographics of NFL and NCAA team physicians and to identify patterns and variations in the management of common injuries in these groups of elite football players.

Materials and Methods

The study was reviewed by an Institutional Review Board before data collection and was classified as exempt. The study population consisted of head orthopedic team physicians for NFL teams and NCAA Division I universities. The survey (Appendix),

which included questions about team physician experience, team medical coverage, reimbursement issues, and management of common football injuries, was emailed to the head orthopedic team physicians (a paper version of the survey was mailed to those who had no known email address or who preferred a hard copy). Data were collected from May 1, 2007 through July 15, 2008.

Chi-square tests were used to determine significant differences between groups. P < .05 was considered statistically significant.

Results

Responses were received from 31 (97%) of the 32 NFL and 111 (93%) of the 119 NCAA team physicians. The 2 groups’ surveys were identical with the exception of question 3, regarding NFL division or NCAA conference.

Team Physician Demographics

All survey respondents were the head orthopedic physicians for their teams. Seventy-one percent were the head team physicians as well; another 25% named a primary care physician as the head team physician. Thirty-nine percent of the NFL team physicians had been a team physician at the NFL level for more than 15 years, and 58% of the NCAA team physicians had been a team physician at the Division I level for more than 15 years. Eighty-one percent of NFL and 66% of NCAA team physicians had fellowship training in sports medicine. For away games, 10% of NFL vs 65% of NCAA teams traveled with 2 physicians; 90% of NFL and 28% of NCAA teams traveled with 3 or more physicians.

Only a small percentage of respondents (NFL, 10%; NCAA, 14%) indicated they had received advertising in exchange for services. Most respondents (NFL, 93%; NCAA, 89%) did not pay to provide team coverage. In contrast, 97% of NFL vs only 31% of NCAA physicians indicated they received a monetary stipend for providing orthopedic coverage.

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstructions

Eighty-seven percent of NFL and 67% of NCAA respondents indicated that patellar tendon autograft was their preferred graft choice (Table 1).

The percentage of NCAA physicians who allowed return to football 6 months or less after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction was significantly (P = .03) higher than that of NFL physicians
(Figure 1).

Anterior Shoulder Dislocations (Without Bony Bankart)

Sling use after reduction of anterior shoulder dislocation was varied, with most physicians using a sling 2 weeks or less (Table 2).

Ninety-three percent of the team physicians in each group had athletes play with a harness when they returned from an in-season injury. For anterior stabilization, most team physicians (NFL, 79%; NCAA, 69%) performed arthroscopic repair. A minority indicated that, after anterior stabilization, they always required use of a harness; a higher proportion based their decision on the player’s position (Table 3).
Return to contact was similarly allowed by both groups, and 90% allowed return to contact within 4 to 6 months (Figure 2).

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries

Roughly two-thirds of respondents (NFL, 60%; NCAA, 69%) indicated that, during a game, they managed acute acromioclavicular (AC) joint injuries (type I/II) with injection of a local anesthetic that allowed return to play. In addition, a majority (NFL, 90%; NCAA, 87%) indicated they gave such athletes pregame injections that allowed them to play. About half the physicians (NFL, 57%; NCAA, 52%) injected the AC joint with cortisone during the acute/subacute period (<1 month) to decrease inflammation.

No significant difference was found between the 2 groups in terms of proportion of surgeons electing to treat type III AC joint injuries operatively versus nonoperatively (Table 4).

Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries

There was a significant (P < .0001) difference in use of prophylactic bracing for medial collateral ligament (MCL) injuries (NFL, 28%; NCAA, 89%).

Bracing was most commonly used in offensive linemen (Figure 3).

 

 

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries

The percentage of physicians who allowed athletes to return to play after a grade I/II posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injury was significantly (P = .01) higher in NFL physicians (22%) than in NCAA physicians (7%). The amount of time varied up to more than 4 weeks (Figure 4).

When athletes returned to play after a grade I/II PCL injury, significantly (P < .01) more NCAA physicians (64%) than NFL physicians (37%) required bracing.

Physicians varied in their responses about how often grade III PCL injuries would be managed (Table 5). Both groups’ preferred method of operative repair was the arthroscopic single-bundle technique (Figure 5).

Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

A majority of respondents indicated they would treat a complete elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) tear in a quarterback; a much smaller percentage preferred operative repair in athletes playing other positions (Table 6).

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

For athletes with in-season thumb UCL tears, 63% of NFL and 54% of NCAA physicians indicated they cast the thumb and allowed return to play. Others recommended operative repair and either cast the thumb and allowed return to play (NFL, 30%; NCAA, 41%) or let the thumb heal before allowing return to play (NFL, 7%; NCAA, 5%).

Fifth Metatarsal Fractures

For a large majority of physicians (NFL, 100%; NCAA, 94%), the preferred treatment for fifth metatarsal fractures was screw fixation.

The percentage of physicians who allowed return to play by 6 weeks was significantly (P < .01) higher in NCAA (55%) than NFL (24%) physicians (Figure 6).

Tibia Fractures

In the 5-year period before the survey, 43% of NFL and 75% of NCAA physicians managed at least one tibia fracture (P < .001) (Figure 7).

The treatment preferred by all NFL physicians and 96% of NCAA physicians was intramedullary nailing. Only 2 respondents, both in the NCAA, removed the nail before allowing return to play. Five physicians, all in the NCAA, reported nonunions occurring after tibia fractures. Reported complications (NFL, 8%; NCAA, 13%) included 4 cases of fatty embolism, 1 death, infection, compartment syndrome, muscular contracture, and persistent pain.

Ketorolac Injections

Intramuscular ketorolac injections were frequently given to elite football players, significantly (P < .01) more so in the NFL (93%) than in the NCAA (62%). The average number of injections varied among physicians, though a significantly (P < .0001) higher percentage of NFL (79%) than NCAA (13%) physicians gave 5 or more injections per game.

Discussion

This survey on managing common injuries in elite football players had an overall response rate of 94%. All NFL divisions and NCAA conferences were represented in physicians’ responses. Ninety percent of NFL and 65% of NCAA head team physicians were orthopedists. These findings differ from those of Stockard1 (1997), who surveyed athletic directors at Division I schools and reported 45% of head team physicians were family medicine-trained and 41% were orthopedists.

Given the high visibility of team coverage and the economics of college football’s highest division, one might expect team physicians to receive financial remuneration. This was not the case, according to our survey: Only 30% of physicians received a monetary stipend for team coverage, and only 14% received advertising in exchange for their services. Twelve NCAA team physicians indicated they pay to be allowed to provide team coverage.

Injury Management

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. For NFL and NCAA team physicians, the preferred graft choice for ACL reconstruction was patellar tendon autograft. This finding is similar to what Erickson and colleagues2 reported from a survey of NFL and NCAA team physicians: 86% of surgeons preferred bone–patellar tendon–bone (BPTB) autograft. However, only 1 surgeon (0.7%) in that study, vs 16% in ours, preferred allograft. Allograft use may be somewhat controversial, as relevant data on competitive athletes are lacking, and it has been shown that the graft rupture rate3 is higher for BPTB allograft than for BPTB autograft in young patients. However, much of the data on higher failure rates with use of allograft in young patients4,5 has appeared since our data were collected.

Our return-to-play data are similar to data from other studies.2,6 According to our survey, the most common length of time from ACL reconstruction to return to football was 6 months, and 94% of team physicians allowed return to football by 9 months. In the survey by Erickson and colleagues,2 55% of surgeons waited a minimum of 6 months before returning athletes to play, and only 12% waited at least 9 months. In the study by Bradley and colleagues6 (2002), 84% of surgeons waited at least 6 months before returning athletes to play. Of note, we found a significantly higher percentage of NCAA football players than NFL players returning within 6 months after surgery. The difference may be attributable to a more cautious approach being taken with NFL players, whereas most NCAA players are limited in the time remaining in their football careers and want to return to the playing field as soon as possible.

Shoulder Dislocations. Responses to the 5 survey questions on anterior shoulder dislocation showed little consensus with respect to management. The exception pertained to use of a harness for in-season return to play with a dislocation—92% of physicians preferred management with a harness. Of note, 7 of 10 team surgeons performed anterior stabilization through an arthroscopic approach. Despite historical recommendations to perform open anterior stabilization in collision athletes, NFL and NCAA physicians’ practice patterns have evolved.7 Although return to contact activity was varied among responses, 94% of physicians allowed return to contact within 6 months.

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries. For college football players, AC joint injuries are the most common shoulder injuries.8 In the NFL Combine, the incidence of AC joint injuries was 15.7 per 100 players.8 Several studies have cited favorable results with nonoperative management of type III AC joint injuries.9-12 Nonoperative management was the preferred treatment in our study as well, yet 26% of surgeons still preferred operative treatment in quarterbacks. Opinions about operative repair of type III injuries in overhead athletes vary,13 but nonoperative management clearly is the preferred method for elite football players. A 2013 study by Lynch and colleagues14 found that only 2 of 40 NFL players with type III AC joint injuries underwent surgery.

For type I and II AC joint injuries that occur during a game, more than two-thirds of the NCAA team physicians in our study favored injecting a local anesthetic to reduce pain and allow return to play in the same game. An even larger majority indicated they gave a pregame injection of an anesthetic to allow play. Similar use of injections for AC joint injuries has been reported in Australian-rules football and rugby.15Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries. Whether bracing is prophylactic against MCL injuries is controversial.16 Some studies have found it effective.17,18 According to our survey, 89% of Division I football teams used prophylactic knee bracing, mainly in offensive linemen but frequently in defensive linemen, too. No schools used bracing in athletes who played skill positions, except quarterbacks. Six schools used bracing on a quarterback’s front leg.

The percentage of teams that used prophylactic MCL bracing was significantly higher in the NCAA than in the NFL. NCAA team physicians generally have more control over players and therefore can implement widespread use of this bracing.

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. These injuries are infrequent. According to Parolie and Bergfeld,19 only 2% of college football players at the NFL Combine had a PCL injury. Treatment in athletes remains controversial. Our survey showed physicians’ willingness to return players to competition within 4 weeks after grade I/II PCL injuries. There is no consensus on management or on postinjury bracing. In operative cases, however, the preferred graft is allograft, and the preferred repair method is the arthroscopic single-bundle technique. These findings mirror those of a 2004 survey of the Herodicus Society by Dennis and colleagues.20 Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. In throwing athletes with UCL tears, operative treatment has been recommended.21,22 A majority of our survey respondents preferred operative treatment for quarterbacks. However, operative treatment is still controversial, and quarterbacks differ from baseball players in their throwing motions and in the stresses acting on the UCLs during throwing. Two systematic reviews of UCL reconstruction have affirmed the positive outcomes of operative treatment in throwing athletes.21,22 However, most of the studies covered by these reviews focused on baseball players. In athletes playing positions other than quarterback, these injuries were typically treated nonoperatively.

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. Our survey respondents differed in their opinions on treating thumb UCL tears. About half recommended cast treatment, and the other half recommended operative treatment. Previous data suggest that delaying surgical treatment may be deleterious to the eventual outcome.23,24Fifth Metatarsal Fractures. For fifth metatarsal fractures, screw fixation was preferred by 90% of our survey respondents—vs 73% of NFL team physicians in a 2004 study by Low and colleagues.25 What remains controversial is the length of time before return to play. Our most frequent response was 4 to 6 weeks, and 46% of our respondents indicated they would wait 7 weeks or longer. These times differ significantly from what Low and colleagues25 reported: 86% of their physicians allowed return to competition after 6 to 12 weeks.

Tibia Fractures. Management of tibia fractures in US football players has not been reported. Chang and colleagues26 described 24 tibial shaft fractures in UK soccer players. Eleven fractures (~50%) were treated with intramedullary nails, 2 with plating, and 11 with conservative management. All players returned to activity, the operative group at 23.3 weeks and the nonoperative group at 27.6 weeks. Our respondents reported treating at least 150 tibial shaft fractures in the 5-year period before our survey, demonstrating the incidence and importance of this type of injury. A vast majority of team surgeons (96%) opted for treatment with intramedullary nailing. This choice may reflect an ability to return to play earlier—the ability to move the knee and maintain strength in the legs. Some have suggested it is important to remove the nail before the player returns to the football field, but this was not common practice among our groups of team surgeons. Other studies have not found any advantage to tibial nail removal.27Ketorolac Injections. Authors have described using ketorolac for the treatment of acute or pregame pain in professional football players.28-30 According to a 2000 survey, 93% of NFL teams used intramuscular ketorolac, and on average 15 players per team were treated, primarily on game day. Our survey found frequent use of ketorolac, with almost two-thirds of team orthopedists indicating pregame use. Ketorolac use was popular, particularly because of its effect in reducing postoperative pain and its potent effect in reducing pain on game day. However, injections by football team physicians have declined significantly in recent years, ever since an NFL Physician Society task force published recommendations on ketorolac use.31

 

 

Conclusion

There is a wide variety of patterns in treating athletes who play football at the highest levels of competition. Our findings can initiate further discussion on these topics and assist orthopedists providing game coverage at all levels of play in their decision-making process by helping to define the standard of care for their injured players.

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):E319-E327. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

Among National Football League (NFL) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) team physicians, there is no consensus on the management of various injuries. At national and regional meetings, the management of football injuries often is debated.

Given the high level of interest in the treatment of elite football players, we wanted to determine treatment patterns by surveying orthopedic team physicians. We conducted a study to determine the demographics of NFL and NCAA team physicians and to identify patterns and variations in the management of common injuries in these groups of elite football players.

Materials and Methods

The study was reviewed by an Institutional Review Board before data collection and was classified as exempt. The study population consisted of head orthopedic team physicians for NFL teams and NCAA Division I universities. The survey (Appendix),

which included questions about team physician experience, team medical coverage, reimbursement issues, and management of common football injuries, was emailed to the head orthopedic team physicians (a paper version of the survey was mailed to those who had no known email address or who preferred a hard copy). Data were collected from May 1, 2007 through July 15, 2008.

Chi-square tests were used to determine significant differences between groups. P < .05 was considered statistically significant.

Results

Responses were received from 31 (97%) of the 32 NFL and 111 (93%) of the 119 NCAA team physicians. The 2 groups’ surveys were identical with the exception of question 3, regarding NFL division or NCAA conference.

Team Physician Demographics

All survey respondents were the head orthopedic physicians for their teams. Seventy-one percent were the head team physicians as well; another 25% named a primary care physician as the head team physician. Thirty-nine percent of the NFL team physicians had been a team physician at the NFL level for more than 15 years, and 58% of the NCAA team physicians had been a team physician at the Division I level for more than 15 years. Eighty-one percent of NFL and 66% of NCAA team physicians had fellowship training in sports medicine. For away games, 10% of NFL vs 65% of NCAA teams traveled with 2 physicians; 90% of NFL and 28% of NCAA teams traveled with 3 or more physicians.

Only a small percentage of respondents (NFL, 10%; NCAA, 14%) indicated they had received advertising in exchange for services. Most respondents (NFL, 93%; NCAA, 89%) did not pay to provide team coverage. In contrast, 97% of NFL vs only 31% of NCAA physicians indicated they received a monetary stipend for providing orthopedic coverage.

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstructions

Eighty-seven percent of NFL and 67% of NCAA respondents indicated that patellar tendon autograft was their preferred graft choice (Table 1).

The percentage of NCAA physicians who allowed return to football 6 months or less after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction was significantly (P = .03) higher than that of NFL physicians
(Figure 1).

Anterior Shoulder Dislocations (Without Bony Bankart)

Sling use after reduction of anterior shoulder dislocation was varied, with most physicians using a sling 2 weeks or less (Table 2).

Ninety-three percent of the team physicians in each group had athletes play with a harness when they returned from an in-season injury. For anterior stabilization, most team physicians (NFL, 79%; NCAA, 69%) performed arthroscopic repair. A minority indicated that, after anterior stabilization, they always required use of a harness; a higher proportion based their decision on the player’s position (Table 3).
Return to contact was similarly allowed by both groups, and 90% allowed return to contact within 4 to 6 months (Figure 2).

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries

Roughly two-thirds of respondents (NFL, 60%; NCAA, 69%) indicated that, during a game, they managed acute acromioclavicular (AC) joint injuries (type I/II) with injection of a local anesthetic that allowed return to play. In addition, a majority (NFL, 90%; NCAA, 87%) indicated they gave such athletes pregame injections that allowed them to play. About half the physicians (NFL, 57%; NCAA, 52%) injected the AC joint with cortisone during the acute/subacute period (<1 month) to decrease inflammation.

No significant difference was found between the 2 groups in terms of proportion of surgeons electing to treat type III AC joint injuries operatively versus nonoperatively (Table 4).

Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries

There was a significant (P < .0001) difference in use of prophylactic bracing for medial collateral ligament (MCL) injuries (NFL, 28%; NCAA, 89%).

Bracing was most commonly used in offensive linemen (Figure 3).

 

 

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries

The percentage of physicians who allowed athletes to return to play after a grade I/II posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injury was significantly (P = .01) higher in NFL physicians (22%) than in NCAA physicians (7%). The amount of time varied up to more than 4 weeks (Figure 4).

When athletes returned to play after a grade I/II PCL injury, significantly (P < .01) more NCAA physicians (64%) than NFL physicians (37%) required bracing.

Physicians varied in their responses about how often grade III PCL injuries would be managed (Table 5). Both groups’ preferred method of operative repair was the arthroscopic single-bundle technique (Figure 5).

Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

A majority of respondents indicated they would treat a complete elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) tear in a quarterback; a much smaller percentage preferred operative repair in athletes playing other positions (Table 6).

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears

For athletes with in-season thumb UCL tears, 63% of NFL and 54% of NCAA physicians indicated they cast the thumb and allowed return to play. Others recommended operative repair and either cast the thumb and allowed return to play (NFL, 30%; NCAA, 41%) or let the thumb heal before allowing return to play (NFL, 7%; NCAA, 5%).

Fifth Metatarsal Fractures

For a large majority of physicians (NFL, 100%; NCAA, 94%), the preferred treatment for fifth metatarsal fractures was screw fixation.

The percentage of physicians who allowed return to play by 6 weeks was significantly (P < .01) higher in NCAA (55%) than NFL (24%) physicians (Figure 6).

Tibia Fractures

In the 5-year period before the survey, 43% of NFL and 75% of NCAA physicians managed at least one tibia fracture (P < .001) (Figure 7).

The treatment preferred by all NFL physicians and 96% of NCAA physicians was intramedullary nailing. Only 2 respondents, both in the NCAA, removed the nail before allowing return to play. Five physicians, all in the NCAA, reported nonunions occurring after tibia fractures. Reported complications (NFL, 8%; NCAA, 13%) included 4 cases of fatty embolism, 1 death, infection, compartment syndrome, muscular contracture, and persistent pain.

Ketorolac Injections

Intramuscular ketorolac injections were frequently given to elite football players, significantly (P < .01) more so in the NFL (93%) than in the NCAA (62%). The average number of injections varied among physicians, though a significantly (P < .0001) higher percentage of NFL (79%) than NCAA (13%) physicians gave 5 or more injections per game.

Discussion

This survey on managing common injuries in elite football players had an overall response rate of 94%. All NFL divisions and NCAA conferences were represented in physicians’ responses. Ninety percent of NFL and 65% of NCAA head team physicians were orthopedists. These findings differ from those of Stockard1 (1997), who surveyed athletic directors at Division I schools and reported 45% of head team physicians were family medicine-trained and 41% were orthopedists.

Given the high visibility of team coverage and the economics of college football’s highest division, one might expect team physicians to receive financial remuneration. This was not the case, according to our survey: Only 30% of physicians received a monetary stipend for team coverage, and only 14% received advertising in exchange for their services. Twelve NCAA team physicians indicated they pay to be allowed to provide team coverage.

Injury Management

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. For NFL and NCAA team physicians, the preferred graft choice for ACL reconstruction was patellar tendon autograft. This finding is similar to what Erickson and colleagues2 reported from a survey of NFL and NCAA team physicians: 86% of surgeons preferred bone–patellar tendon–bone (BPTB) autograft. However, only 1 surgeon (0.7%) in that study, vs 16% in ours, preferred allograft. Allograft use may be somewhat controversial, as relevant data on competitive athletes are lacking, and it has been shown that the graft rupture rate3 is higher for BPTB allograft than for BPTB autograft in young patients. However, much of the data on higher failure rates with use of allograft in young patients4,5 has appeared since our data were collected.

Our return-to-play data are similar to data from other studies.2,6 According to our survey, the most common length of time from ACL reconstruction to return to football was 6 months, and 94% of team physicians allowed return to football by 9 months. In the survey by Erickson and colleagues,2 55% of surgeons waited a minimum of 6 months before returning athletes to play, and only 12% waited at least 9 months. In the study by Bradley and colleagues6 (2002), 84% of surgeons waited at least 6 months before returning athletes to play. Of note, we found a significantly higher percentage of NCAA football players than NFL players returning within 6 months after surgery. The difference may be attributable to a more cautious approach being taken with NFL players, whereas most NCAA players are limited in the time remaining in their football careers and want to return to the playing field as soon as possible.

Shoulder Dislocations. Responses to the 5 survey questions on anterior shoulder dislocation showed little consensus with respect to management. The exception pertained to use of a harness for in-season return to play with a dislocation—92% of physicians preferred management with a harness. Of note, 7 of 10 team surgeons performed anterior stabilization through an arthroscopic approach. Despite historical recommendations to perform open anterior stabilization in collision athletes, NFL and NCAA physicians’ practice patterns have evolved.7 Although return to contact activity was varied among responses, 94% of physicians allowed return to contact within 6 months.

Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries. For college football players, AC joint injuries are the most common shoulder injuries.8 In the NFL Combine, the incidence of AC joint injuries was 15.7 per 100 players.8 Several studies have cited favorable results with nonoperative management of type III AC joint injuries.9-12 Nonoperative management was the preferred treatment in our study as well, yet 26% of surgeons still preferred operative treatment in quarterbacks. Opinions about operative repair of type III injuries in overhead athletes vary,13 but nonoperative management clearly is the preferred method for elite football players. A 2013 study by Lynch and colleagues14 found that only 2 of 40 NFL players with type III AC joint injuries underwent surgery.

For type I and II AC joint injuries that occur during a game, more than two-thirds of the NCAA team physicians in our study favored injecting a local anesthetic to reduce pain and allow return to play in the same game. An even larger majority indicated they gave a pregame injection of an anesthetic to allow play. Similar use of injections for AC joint injuries has been reported in Australian-rules football and rugby.15Medial Collateral Ligament Injuries. Whether bracing is prophylactic against MCL injuries is controversial.16 Some studies have found it effective.17,18 According to our survey, 89% of Division I football teams used prophylactic knee bracing, mainly in offensive linemen but frequently in defensive linemen, too. No schools used bracing in athletes who played skill positions, except quarterbacks. Six schools used bracing on a quarterback’s front leg.

The percentage of teams that used prophylactic MCL bracing was significantly higher in the NCAA than in the NFL. NCAA team physicians generally have more control over players and therefore can implement widespread use of this bracing.

Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries. These injuries are infrequent. According to Parolie and Bergfeld,19 only 2% of college football players at the NFL Combine had a PCL injury. Treatment in athletes remains controversial. Our survey showed physicians’ willingness to return players to competition within 4 weeks after grade I/II PCL injuries. There is no consensus on management or on postinjury bracing. In operative cases, however, the preferred graft is allograft, and the preferred repair method is the arthroscopic single-bundle technique. These findings mirror those of a 2004 survey of the Herodicus Society by Dennis and colleagues.20 Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. In throwing athletes with UCL tears, operative treatment has been recommended.21,22 A majority of our survey respondents preferred operative treatment for quarterbacks. However, operative treatment is still controversial, and quarterbacks differ from baseball players in their throwing motions and in the stresses acting on the UCLs during throwing. Two systematic reviews of UCL reconstruction have affirmed the positive outcomes of operative treatment in throwing athletes.21,22 However, most of the studies covered by these reviews focused on baseball players. In athletes playing positions other than quarterback, these injuries were typically treated nonoperatively.

Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament Tears. Our survey respondents differed in their opinions on treating thumb UCL tears. About half recommended cast treatment, and the other half recommended operative treatment. Previous data suggest that delaying surgical treatment may be deleterious to the eventual outcome.23,24Fifth Metatarsal Fractures. For fifth metatarsal fractures, screw fixation was preferred by 90% of our survey respondents—vs 73% of NFL team physicians in a 2004 study by Low and colleagues.25 What remains controversial is the length of time before return to play. Our most frequent response was 4 to 6 weeks, and 46% of our respondents indicated they would wait 7 weeks or longer. These times differ significantly from what Low and colleagues25 reported: 86% of their physicians allowed return to competition after 6 to 12 weeks.

Tibia Fractures. Management of tibia fractures in US football players has not been reported. Chang and colleagues26 described 24 tibial shaft fractures in UK soccer players. Eleven fractures (~50%) were treated with intramedullary nails, 2 with plating, and 11 with conservative management. All players returned to activity, the operative group at 23.3 weeks and the nonoperative group at 27.6 weeks. Our respondents reported treating at least 150 tibial shaft fractures in the 5-year period before our survey, demonstrating the incidence and importance of this type of injury. A vast majority of team surgeons (96%) opted for treatment with intramedullary nailing. This choice may reflect an ability to return to play earlier—the ability to move the knee and maintain strength in the legs. Some have suggested it is important to remove the nail before the player returns to the football field, but this was not common practice among our groups of team surgeons. Other studies have not found any advantage to tibial nail removal.27Ketorolac Injections. Authors have described using ketorolac for the treatment of acute or pregame pain in professional football players.28-30 According to a 2000 survey, 93% of NFL teams used intramuscular ketorolac, and on average 15 players per team were treated, primarily on game day. Our survey found frequent use of ketorolac, with almost two-thirds of team orthopedists indicating pregame use. Ketorolac use was popular, particularly because of its effect in reducing postoperative pain and its potent effect in reducing pain on game day. However, injections by football team physicians have declined significantly in recent years, ever since an NFL Physician Society task force published recommendations on ketorolac use.31

 

 

Conclusion

There is a wide variety of patterns in treating athletes who play football at the highest levels of competition. Our findings can initiate further discussion on these topics and assist orthopedists providing game coverage at all levels of play in their decision-making process by helping to define the standard of care for their injured players.

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):E319-E327. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

References

1. Stockard AR. Team physician preferences at National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I universities. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 1997;97(2):89-95.

2. Erickson BJ, Harris JD, Fillingham YA, et al. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction practice patterns by NFL and NCAA football team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(6):731-738.

3. Kraeutler MJ, Bravman JT, McCarty EC. Bone-patellar tendon-bone autograft versus allograft in outcomes of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a meta-analysis of 5182 patients. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2439-2448.

4. Bottoni CR, Smith EL, Shaha J, et al. Autograft versus allograft anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective, randomized clinical study with a minimum 10-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(10):2501-2509.

5. Sun K, Tian S, Zhang J, Xia C, Zhang C, Yu T. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with BPTB autograft, irradiated versus non-irradiated allograft: a prospective randomized clinical study. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(5):464-474.

6. Bradley JP, Klimkiewicz JJ, Rytel MJ, Powell JW. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and current treatment trends among team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(5):502-509.

7. Rhee YG, Ha JH, Cho NS. Anterior shoulder stabilization in collision athletes: arthroscopic versus open Bankart repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(6):979-985.

8. Brophy RH, Barnes R, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Prevalence of musculoskeletal disorders at the NFL Combine—trends from 1987 to 2000. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(1):22-27.

9. Bishop JY, Kaeding C. Treatment of the acute traumatic acromioclavicular separation. Sports Med Arthrosc. 2006;14(4):237-245.

10. Mazzocca AD, Arciero RA, Bicos J. Evaluation and treatment of acromioclavicular joint injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(2):316-329.

11. Schlegel TF, Burks RT, Marcus RL, Dunn HK. A prospective evaluation of untreated acute grade III acromioclavicular separations. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):699-703.

12. Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):38-44.

13. Kraeutler MJ, Williams GR Jr, Cohen SB, et al. Inter- and intraobserver reliability of the radiographic diagnosis and treatment of acromioclavicular joint separations. Orthopedics. 2012;35(10):e1483-e1487.

14. Lynch TS, Saltzman MD, Ghodasra JH, Bilimoria KY, Bowen MK, Nuber GW. Acromioclavicular joint injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and management. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(12):2904-2908.

15. Orchard JW. Benefits and risks of using local anaesthetic for pain relief to allow early return to play in professional football. Br J Sports Med. 2002;36(3):209-213.

16. Salata MJ, Gibbs AE, Sekiya JK. The effectiveness of prophylactic knee bracing in American football: a systematic review. Sports Health. 2010;2(5):375-379.

17. Albright JP, Powell JW, Smith W, et al. Medial collateral ligament knee sprains in college football. Effectiveness of preventive braces. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22(1):12-18.

18. Sitler M, Ryan J, Hopkinson W, et al. The efficacy of a prophylactic knee brace to reduce knee injuries in football. A prospective, randomized study at West Point. Am J Sports Med. 1990;18(3):310-315.

19. Parolie JM, Bergfeld JA. Long-term results of nonoperative treatment of isolated posterior cruciate ligament injuries in the athlete. Am J Sports Med. 1986;14(1):35-38.

20. Dennis MG, Fox JA, Alford JW, Hayden JK, Bach BR Jr. Posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: current trends. J Knee Surg. 2004;17(3):133-139.

21. Purcell DB, Matava MJ, Wright RW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):72-77.

22. Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

23. Fricker R, Hintermann B. Skier’s thumb. Treatment, prevention and recommendations. Sports Med. 1995;19(1):73-79.

24. Smith RJ. Post-traumatic instability of the metacarpophalangeal joint of the thumb. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59(1):14-21.

25. Low K, Noblin JD, Browne JE, Barnthouse CD, Scott AR. Jones fractures in the elite football player. J Surg Orthop Adv. 2004;13(3):156-160.

26. Chang WR, Kapasi Z, Daisley S, Leach WJ. Tibial shaft fractures in football players. J Orthop Surg Res. 2007;2:11.

27. Karladani AH, Ericsson PA, Granhed H, Karlsson L, Nyberg P. Tibial intramedullary nails—should they be removed? A retrospective study of 71 patients. Acta Orthop. 2007;78(5):668-671.

28. Eichner ER. Intramuscular ketorolac injections: the pregame Toradol parade. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(4):169-170.

29. Nepple JJ, Matava MJ. Soft tissue injections in the athlete. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):396-404.

30. Powell ET, Tokish JM, Hawkins RJ. Toradol use in the athletic population. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2002;1(4):191.

31. Matava M, Brater DC, Gritter N, et al. Recommendations of the National Football League physician society task force on the use of toradol® ketorolac in the National Football League. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):377-383.

References

1. Stockard AR. Team physician preferences at National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I universities. J Am Osteopath Assoc. 1997;97(2):89-95.

2. Erickson BJ, Harris JD, Fillingham YA, et al. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction practice patterns by NFL and NCAA football team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(6):731-738.

3. Kraeutler MJ, Bravman JT, McCarty EC. Bone-patellar tendon-bone autograft versus allograft in outcomes of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a meta-analysis of 5182 patients. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2439-2448.

4. Bottoni CR, Smith EL, Shaha J, et al. Autograft versus allograft anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective, randomized clinical study with a minimum 10-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(10):2501-2509.

5. Sun K, Tian S, Zhang J, Xia C, Zhang C, Yu T. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with BPTB autograft, irradiated versus non-irradiated allograft: a prospective randomized clinical study. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(5):464-474.

6. Bradley JP, Klimkiewicz JJ, Rytel MJ, Powell JW. Anterior cruciate ligament injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and current treatment trends among team physicians. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(5):502-509.

7. Rhee YG, Ha JH, Cho NS. Anterior shoulder stabilization in collision athletes: arthroscopic versus open Bankart repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(6):979-985.

8. Brophy RH, Barnes R, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Prevalence of musculoskeletal disorders at the NFL Combine—trends from 1987 to 2000. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(1):22-27.

9. Bishop JY, Kaeding C. Treatment of the acute traumatic acromioclavicular separation. Sports Med Arthrosc. 2006;14(4):237-245.

10. Mazzocca AD, Arciero RA, Bicos J. Evaluation and treatment of acromioclavicular joint injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(2):316-329.

11. Schlegel TF, Burks RT, Marcus RL, Dunn HK. A prospective evaluation of untreated acute grade III acromioclavicular separations. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):699-703.

12. Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):38-44.

13. Kraeutler MJ, Williams GR Jr, Cohen SB, et al. Inter- and intraobserver reliability of the radiographic diagnosis and treatment of acromioclavicular joint separations. Orthopedics. 2012;35(10):e1483-e1487.

14. Lynch TS, Saltzman MD, Ghodasra JH, Bilimoria KY, Bowen MK, Nuber GW. Acromioclavicular joint injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and management. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(12):2904-2908.

15. Orchard JW. Benefits and risks of using local anaesthetic for pain relief to allow early return to play in professional football. Br J Sports Med. 2002;36(3):209-213.

16. Salata MJ, Gibbs AE, Sekiya JK. The effectiveness of prophylactic knee bracing in American football: a systematic review. Sports Health. 2010;2(5):375-379.

17. Albright JP, Powell JW, Smith W, et al. Medial collateral ligament knee sprains in college football. Effectiveness of preventive braces. Am J Sports Med. 1994;22(1):12-18.

18. Sitler M, Ryan J, Hopkinson W, et al. The efficacy of a prophylactic knee brace to reduce knee injuries in football. A prospective, randomized study at West Point. Am J Sports Med. 1990;18(3):310-315.

19. Parolie JM, Bergfeld JA. Long-term results of nonoperative treatment of isolated posterior cruciate ligament injuries in the athlete. Am J Sports Med. 1986;14(1):35-38.

20. Dennis MG, Fox JA, Alford JW, Hayden JK, Bach BR Jr. Posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: current trends. J Knee Surg. 2004;17(3):133-139.

21. Purcell DB, Matava MJ, Wright RW. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;(455):72-77.

22. Vitale MA, Ahmad CS. The outcome of elbow ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in overhead athletes: a systematic review. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1193-1205.

23. Fricker R, Hintermann B. Skier’s thumb. Treatment, prevention and recommendations. Sports Med. 1995;19(1):73-79.

24. Smith RJ. Post-traumatic instability of the metacarpophalangeal joint of the thumb. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1977;59(1):14-21.

25. Low K, Noblin JD, Browne JE, Barnthouse CD, Scott AR. Jones fractures in the elite football player. J Surg Orthop Adv. 2004;13(3):156-160.

26. Chang WR, Kapasi Z, Daisley S, Leach WJ. Tibial shaft fractures in football players. J Orthop Surg Res. 2007;2:11.

27. Karladani AH, Ericsson PA, Granhed H, Karlsson L, Nyberg P. Tibial intramedullary nails—should they be removed? A retrospective study of 71 patients. Acta Orthop. 2007;78(5):668-671.

28. Eichner ER. Intramuscular ketorolac injections: the pregame Toradol parade. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(4):169-170.

29. Nepple JJ, Matava MJ. Soft tissue injections in the athlete. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):396-404.

30. Powell ET, Tokish JM, Hawkins RJ. Toradol use in the athletic population. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2002;1(4):191.

31. Matava M, Brater DC, Gritter N, et al. Recommendations of the National Football League physician society task force on the use of toradol® ketorolac in the National Football League. Sports Health. 2012;4(5):377-383.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Page Number
E319-E327
Page Number
E319-E327
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Historical Patterns and Variation in Treatment of Injuries in NFL (National Football League) Players and NCAA (National Collegiate Athletic Association) Division I Football Players
Display Headline
Historical Patterns and Variation in Treatment of Injuries in NFL (National Football League) Players and NCAA (National Collegiate Athletic Association) Division I Football Players
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Exertional Heat Stroke and American Football: What the Team Physician Needs to Know

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:25
Display Headline
Exertional Heat Stroke and American Football: What the Team Physician Needs to Know

Football, one of the most popular sports in the United States, is additionally recognized as a leading contributor to sports injury secondary to the contact collision nature of the endeavor. There are an estimated 1.1 million high school football players with another 100,000 participants combined in the National Football League (NFL), college, junior college, Arena Football League, and semipro levels of play.1 USA Football estimates that an additional 3 million youth participate in community football leagues.1 The National Center for Catastrophic Sports Injury Research recently calculated a fatality rate of 0.14 per 100,000 participants in 2014 for the 4.2 million who play football at all levels—and 0.45 per 100,000 in high school.1 While direct deaths from head and spine injury remain a significant contributor to the number of catastrophic injuries, indirect deaths (systemic failure) predominate. Exertional heat stroke (EHS) has emerged as one of the leading indirect causes of death in high school and collegiate football. Boden and colleagues2 reported that high school and college football players sustain approximately 12 fatalities annually, with indirect systemic causes being twice as common as direct blunt trauma.2The most common indirect causes identified included cardiac failure, heat illness, and complications of sickle cell trait (SCT). It was also noted that the risk of SCT, heat-related, and cardiac deaths increased during the second decade of the study, indicating these conditions may require a greater emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. This review details for the team physician the unique challenge of exercising in the heat to the football player, and the prevention, diagnosis, management and return-to-play issues pertinent to exertional heat illness (EHI).

The Challenge

EHS represents the most severe manifestation of EHI—a gamut of diseases commonly encountered during the hot summer months when American football season begins. The breadth of EHI includes several important clinical diagnoses: exercise-associated muscle cramps (heat cramps); heat exhaustion with and without syncope; heat injury with evidence of end organ injury (eg, rhabdomyolysis); and EHS. EHS is defined as “a form of hyperthermia associated with a systemic inflammatory response leading to a syndrome of multi-organ dysfunction in which encephalopathy predominates.”3 EHS, if left untreated, or even if clinical treatment is delayed, may result in significant end organ morbidity and/or mortality.

During exercise, the human thermoregulatory system mitigates heat gain by increasing skin blood flow and sweating, causing an increased dissipation of heat to the surrounding environment by leveraging conduction, convection, and evaporation.4,5 Elevated environmental temperatures, increased humidity, and dehydration can impede the body’s ability to dissipate heat at a rate needed to maintain thermoregulation. This imbalance can result in hyperthermia secondary to uncompensated heat stress,5 which in turn can lead to EHI. Football players have unique challenges that make them particularly vulnerable to EHI. The summer heat during early-season participation and the requirement for equipment that covers nearly 60% of body surfaces pose increased risk of volume losses and hyperthermia that trigger the onset of EHI.6 Football athletes’ body compositions and physical size are additional contributing risk factors; the relatively high muscle and fat content increase thermogenicity, which require their bodies to dissipate more heat.7

An estimated 9000 cases of EHI occur annually across all high school sports,8 with an incidence of 1.6:100,000 athlete-exposures.8,9 Studies have demonstrated, however, that EHI occurs in football 11.4 times more often than in all other high school sports combined.10 The incidence of nonfatal EHI in all levels of football is 4.42-5:100,000.8,9 Between 2000 and 2014, 41 football players died from EHS.1 In football, approximately 75% of all EHI events occurred during practices, while only 25% of incidents occurred during games.8

Given these potentially deadly consequences, it is important that football team physicians are not only alert to the early symptoms of heat illness and prepared to intervene to prevent the progression to EHS, but are critical leaders in educating coaches and players in evidence-based EHI prevention practices and policies.

Prevention

EHS is a preventable condition, arguably the most common cause of preventable nontraumatic exertional death in young athletes in the United States. Close attention to mitigating risk factors should begin prior to the onset of preseason practice and continue through the early season, where athletes are at the highest risk of developing heat illness.

Primary Prevention

Primary prevention is fundamental to minimizing the occurrences of EHI. It focuses on the following methods: recognition of inherent risk factors, acclimatization, hydration, and avoidance of inciting substances (including supplements).

 

 

Pre-Participation Examination. The purpose of the pre-participation examination (PPE) is to maximize an athlete’s safety by identifying medical conditions that place the athlete at risk.11,12 The Preparticipation Physical Evaluation, 4th edition, the most widely used consensus publication, specifically queries if an athlete has a previous history of heat injury. However, it only indirectly addresses intrinsic risk factors that may predispose an athlete to EHI who has never had an EHI before. Therefore, providers should take the opportunity of the PPE to inquire about additional risk factors that may make an athlete high risk for sustaining a heat injury. Common risk factors for EHI are listed in Table 1.

Table 1
While identifying at-risk athletes is important in mitigating the risk of developing EHI, it will not identify all possible cases: a study of military recruits found that up to 50% of Marines who developed EHI lacked an identifiable risk factor.13Wet Bulb Globe Temperature. Humidity can heighten a player’s risk of developing thermogenic dysregulation during hot temperatures. As ambient temperature nears internal body temperature, heat may actually be absorbed by the skin rather than dissipated into the air. As a result, the body must increasingly rely on sweat evaporation to encourage heat loss; this process is hindered in very humid climates. Wet bulb globe temperature (WBGT) is a measure of heat stress that accounts for temperature, humidity, wind speed, and cloud cover. WBGT should be utilized to determine the relative risk of EHI based on local environmental conditions, as there is a direct correlation between elevated WBGT and risk of EHI.11,14 The greatest risk for EHS is performing high-intensity exercise (>75% VO2max) when WBGT >28°C (82°F).7 A study of hyperthermia-related deaths in football found that a majority of fatalities occurred on days classified as high risk (23°C-28°C) or extreme risk (>28°C) by WBGT.14 Consensus guidelines recommend that activities be modified based on WBGT (Table 2).7,12
Table 2.
The impact of WBGT does not end solely on the day of practice. Athletes who exercise in elevated WBGT environments on 2 consecutive days are at increased risk of EHI due to cumulative effects of exercise in heat.11Clothing. In football, required protective equipment may cover up to 60% of body surfaces. Studies have shown that wearing full uniform with pads increases internal body temperature and decreases time to exhaustion when compared to light clothing.5,15 In addition, athletic equipment traps heat close to the body and inhibits evaporation of sweat into the environment, thereby inhibiting radiant and evaporative heat dissipation.5,11 Likewise, wearing dark clothing encourages radiant absorption of heat, further contributing to potential thermal dysregulation.5 Use of a helmet is a specific risk factor for EHI, as significant heat dissipation occurs through the head.11 To mitigate these risk factors, the introduction of padded equipment should occur incrementally over the heat acclimatization period (see below). In addition, athletes should be encouraged to remove their helmets during rest periods to promote added heat dissipation and recovery.

Heat Acclimatization. The risk of EHI escalates significantly when athletes are subjected to multiple stressors during periods of heat exposure, such as sudden increases in intensity or duration of exercise; prolonged new exposures to heat; dehydration; and sleep loss.5 When football season begins in late summer, athletes are least conditioned as temperatures reach their seasonal peak, causing increased risk of EHI.15 Planning for heat acclimatization is vital for all athletes who exercise in hot environments. Acclimatization procedures place progressively mounting physiologic strains on the body to improve athletes’ ability to dissipate heat, diminishing thermoregulatory and cardiovascular exertion.4,5 Acclimatization begins with expansion of plasma volume on days 3 to 6, causing improvements in cardiac efficiency and resulting in an overall decrease in basal internal body temperature.4,5,15 This process results in improvements in heat tolerance and exercise performance, evolving over 10 to 14 days of gradual escalation of exercise intensity and duration.5,10,11,16 However, poor fitness levels and extreme temperatures can prolong this period, requiring up to 2 to 3 months to fully take effect.5,7

The National Athletic Trainers Association (NATA) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) have released consensus guidelines regarding heat acclimatization protocols for football athletes at the high school and college levels (Tables 3 and 4). Each of these guidelines involves an initial period without use of protective equipment, followed by a gradual addition of further equipment.11,16
Table 3.

Secondary Prevention

Despite physicians’ best efforts to prevent all cases of EHI, athletes will still experience the effects of exercise-induced hyperthermia. The goal of secondary prevention is to slow the progression of this hyperthermia so that it does not progress to more dangerous EHI.

Table 4.

 

 

Hydration. Dehydration is an important risk factor for EHI. Sweat maintains thermoregulation by dissipating heat generated during exercise; however, it also contributes to body water losses. Furthermore, intravascular depletion decreases stroke volume, thereby increasing cardiovascular strain. It is estimated that for every 1% loss in body mass from dehydration, body temperature rises 0.22°C in comparison to a euhydrated state.6 Dehydration occurs more rapidly in hot environments, as fluid is lost through increased sweat production.7 After approximately 6% to 10% body weight volume loss, cardiac output cannot be maintained, diminishing sweat production and blood flow to both skin and muscle and causing diminished performance and a significant risk of heat exhaustion.7 If left unchecked, these physiologic changes result in further elevations in body temperature and increased cardiovascular strain, ultimately placing the athlete at significant risk for development of EHS.

Adequate hydration to maintain euvolemia is an important step in avoiding possible EHI. Multiple studies have shown that football players experience a baseline hypovolemia during their competition season,6 a deficit that is most marked during the first week of practices.17 This deficit is multifactorial, as football players expend a significant amount of fluid through sweat, are not able to adequately replace these losses during practice, and do not appropriately hydrate off the field.6,18 Some players, especially linemen, sweat at a higher rate than their teammates, posing a possible risk of significant dehydration.6 Coaches and players alike should be educated on the importance of adequate hydration to meet their fluid needs.

The goal of hydration during exercise is to prevent large fluid losses that can adversely affect performance and increase risk of EHI;6 it may be unrealistic to replace all fluid losses during the practice period. Instead, athletes should target complete volume replacement over the post-exercise period.6 Some recommend hydrating based upon thirst drive; however, thirst is activated following a volume loss of approximately 2% body mass, the same degree of losses that place athletes at an increased risk for performance impairment and EHI.4,6,11,12 Individuals should have access to fluids throughout practice and competition and be encouraged to hydrate as needed.6,12,15 Furthermore, staff should modify their practices based upon WBGT and acclimatization status to provide more frequent hydration breaks.

Hyperhydration and Salt Intake. Of note, there are inherent risks to hyperhydration. Athletes with low sweat rates have an increased risk of overhydration and the development of exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH),6 a condition whose presentation is very similar to EHS. In addition, inadequate sodium intake and excessive sweating can also contribute to the development of EAH. EAH has been implicated in the deaths of 2 football players in 2014.1,6 Establishing team hydration guidelines and educating players and staff on appropriate hydration and dietary salt intake is essential to reduce the risk of both dehydration and hyperhydration and their complications.6Intra-Event Cooling. During exercise, team physicians can employ strategies for cooling athletes during exertion to mitigate their risk of EHI by decreasing thermal and cardiovascular strain.4,19 Cooling during exercise is hypothesized to allow for accelerated heat dissipation, where heat is lost from the body more effectively. This accelerated loss enables athletes to maintain a higher heat storage capacity over the duration of exercise, avoiding uncompensated heat stresses that ultimately cause EHI.19

Some intra-event cooling strategies include the use of cooling garments, cooling packs, and cold water/slurry ingestion. Cooling garments lower skin temperature, which in turn can decrease thermoregulatory strains;4 a recent meta-analysis of intra-event cooling modalities revealed that wearing an ice vest during exercise resulted in the greatest decrease in thermal heat strain.19 Internal cooling strategies—namely ingestion of cold fluids/ice slurry—have shown some mild benefit in decreasing internal temperatures; however, some studies have demonstrated some decrease in sweat production associated with cold oral intake used in isolation.19 Overall, studies have shown that combining external (cooling clothing, ice packs, fanning) and internal (cold water, ice slurry) cooling methods result in a greater cooling effect than a use of a single method.4

Tertiary Prevention

The goal of tertiary prevention is to mitigate the risk of long-term adverse outcomes following an EHS event. The most effective means of reducing risk for morbidity and mortality is rapid identification and treatment of EHS as well as close evaluation of an athlete’s return to activity in heat. This process is spearheaded by an effective and well-rehearsed emergency action plan.

Diagnosis and Management

Rapid identification and treatment of EHS is crucial to minimizing the risk of poor outcomes.7 Any delay in the treatment of EHS can dramatically increase the likelihood of associated morbidity and mortality.20

 

 

EHS is diagnosed by an elevated rectal temperature ≥40°C (104°F) and associated central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction.21 EHS should be strongly suspected in any athlete exercising in heat who exhibits signs of CNS dysfunction, including disorientation, confusion, dizziness, erratic behavior, irritability, headache, loss of coordination, delirium, collapse, or seizures.7,12,15 EHS may also present with symptoms of heat exhaustion, including fatigue, hyperventilation, tachycardia, vomiting, diarrhea, and hypotension.7,12,15

Rectal temperature should be taken for any athlete with suspected EHS, as other modalities—oral, skin, axillary, and aural—can be inaccurate and easily modified by ambient confounders such as ambient and skin temperature, athlete hyperventilation, and consumption of liquids.7,11,12 Athletes exhibiting CNS symptoms with moderately elevated rectal temperatures that do not exceed 40°C should also be assumed to be suffering from EHS and treated with rapid cooling.11 On the other hand, athletes with CNS symptoms who are normothermic should be assumed to have EAH until ruled out by electrolyte assessment; IV fluids should be at no more than keep vein open (KVO) pending this determination.11 In some cases, an athlete may initially present with altered mental status but return to “normal.” However, this improvement may represent a “lucid period”; evaluation should continue with rectal temperature and treatment, as EHS in these cases may progress quickly.15

Treatment is centered on rapid, whole body cooling initiated at the first sign of heat illness.7,22 The goal of treatment is to achieve a rectal temperature <38.9°C within 30 minutes of the onset of EHS.15 Upon diagnosis, the athlete should be quickly placed in a tub of ice water to facilitate cold water immersion (CWI) therapy. Some guidelines suggest the athlete’s clothing be removed to potentiate evaporative cooling during CWI;12 however, cooling should not be delayed due to difficulties in removing equipment. CWI, where a heat stroke victim is submerged in ice water up to their neck while water is continuously circulated, is generally considered to be the gold standard treatment as it is the modality with the highest recorded cooling rates and the lowest rate of morbidity and mortality.7,20,21 Multiple studies of CWI have shown that survival nears 100% when aggressive cooling starts within 5 minutes of collapse or identification of EHS.20,21,22

If whole body CWI is unavailable, alternative methods of rapid cooling should be employed. Partial CWI, with torso immersion being preferable to the extremities, has been shown to achieve an acceptable rate of cooling to achieve sufficient drops in internal body temperature.20,23 However, one popular treatment—applying ice packs to the whole body, in particular to the groin and axillae—has not been shown to be sufficient to achieve standard cooling goals.20 None of these methods have been shown to be as effective as CWI.23

Intravenous access should be initiated with fluid resuscitation dictated by the provider’s assessment. Normal saline is recommended as the resuscitative fluid of choice, with the rate dictated by clinical judgment and adjusted as guided by electrolyte determination and clinical response. It cannot be overstated that in normothermic patients with confusion, EAH is the diagnosis of exclusion and aggressive fluid resuscitation should be withheld until electrolyte determination.

Once rectal temperature descends appropriately (~38.9°C), the cooling process should stop and the individual should be transported to a hospital for further observation20 and evaluation of possible sequelae, including rhabdomyolysis and renal injury, cardiac dysfunction and arrhythmia, severe electrolyte abnormalities, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lactic acidosis, and other forms of end-organ failure (Figure).

Figure.


Rapid cooling is more crucial than transport; transport poses a risk of delayed cooling, which can dramatically increase an individual’s risk of morbidity and mortality.20,23 In situations where a patient can be cooled on-site, physicians should pursue cooling before transporting the patient to a medical treatment facility.

Emergency Action Plan

Team physicians should be proactive in developing an emergency action plan to address possible EHS events. These plans should be site-specific, addressing procedures for all practice and home competition locations.12 All competition venues should have a CWI tub on-site in events where there is an increased risk of EHS.12,15,20 This tub should be set up and functional for all high-risk activities, including practices.12

Following recognition of a potential case of EHS, treatment teams should have procedures in place to transport athletes to the treatment area, obtain rectal temperature, initiate rapid cooling, and stabilize the athlete for transport to an emergency department (ED) for further evaluation.12,15 A written record of treatments and medications provided during athlete stabilization should be maintained and transported with the athlete to the ED.15 A list of helpful equipment and supplies for treatment of EHS can be found in Table 5.

Table 5.


EHS is a unique life-threatening situation where it is best to treat the patient on the sideline before transport.15 Those athletes transported before cooling risk spending an increased amount of time above critical temperatures for cell damage, which has been associated with increased morbidity and mortality. This mantra of “cool first, transport second” cannot be overemphasized, as those individuals with EHS who present to the ED with a persisting rectal temperature >41°F may risk up to an 80% mortality rate.24 Conversely, a recent large, retrospective study of 274 EHS events sustained during the Falmouth Road Race found a 100% survival rate when athletes were rapidly identified via rectal thermometry and treated with aggressive, rapid cooling through CWI.21

 

 

Return to Play

Perhaps the most challenging and important role the team physician has is determining an athlete’s return to play following EHI, as there currently are no evidence-based guidelines for return to activity for these athletes.7 The decisions surrounding return to play are highly individualized, as recovery from EHS and heat injury is associated with the duration of internal body temperature elevation above the critical level (40°C).7,20 Guidelines for return to activity following recovery from EHI differ among experts and institutions.7,25 The general consensus from these guidelines is that, at minimum, athletes should not participate in any physical activity until they are asymptomatic and all blood tests have normalized.11 Following this asymptomatic period, most guidelines advocate for a slow, deliberate return to activity.11 The American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) offers one reasonable approach to the returning athlete following EHS:7

  • No exercise for at least 7 days following release from medical care.
  • Follow-up with a physician 1 week after release from medical care for physical examination and any warranted lab or radiologic studies (based upon organ systems affected during EHS).
  • Once cleared to return to activity, the athlete begins exercise in a cool environment, gradually increasing the duration, intensity, and heat exposure over 2 weeks to demonstrate heat tolerance and acclimatization.
  • Athletes who cannot resume vigorous activity due to recurrent symptoms (eg, excessive fatigue) should be reevaluated after 4 weeks. Laboratory exercise-heat tolerance testing may be useful in this setting.
  • The athlete may resume full competition once they are able to participate in full training in the heat for 2 to 4 weeks without adverse effects.

Heat tolerance testing (HTT) in these athletes remains controversial.5 26 The ACSM recommends that HTT be considered only for those unable to return to vigorous activity after a suitable period (approximately 4 weeks). In contrast, the Israeli Defense Force (IDF) uses HTT to evaluate soldiers following EHS to guide decision-making about return to duty.27 The IDF HTT assumes that individuals will respond differently to heat stresses. They identify individuals who are “heat intolerant” as being unable to tolerate specific heat challenges, indicated by increases in body temperature occurring more rapidly than normal responders under identical environmental and exercise conditions. However, despite being used for more than 30 years, there is no clear evidence that HTT adequately predicts who will experience subsequent episodes of EHS.

Conclusion

While the recognized cornerstone of being a team physician is the provision of medical care, the ACSM Team Physician Consensus Statement28 further delineates the medical and administrative responsibilities as both (1) understanding medical management and prevention of injury and illness in athletes; and (2) awareness of or involvement in the development and rehearsal of an emergency action plan. These tenets are critical for the team physician who accepts the responsibility to cover sports at the high school level or higher. Football team physicians play an essential role in mitigating risk of EHI in their athletes. Through development and execution of both comprehensive prevention strategies and emergency action plans, physicians can work to minimize athletes’ risk of both developing and experiencing significant adverse outcomes from an EHI.

 

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):340-348. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

References

1. Kucera KL, Klossner D, Colgate B, Cantu RC. Annual Survey of Football Injury Research: 1931-2014. National Center for Catastrophic Sport Injury Research Web site. https://nccsir.unc.edu/files/2013/10/Annual-Football-2014-Fatalities-Final.pdf. Accessed May 31, 2016.

2. Boden BP, Breit I, Beachler JA, Williams A, Mueller FO. Fatalities in high school and college football players. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(5):1108-1116.

3. Bouchama A, Knochel JP. Heat stroke. N Engl J Med. 2002;346(25):1978-1988.

4. Racinais S, Alonso JM, Coutts AJ, et al. Consensus recommendations on training and competing in the heat. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2015;25 Suppl 1:6-19.

5. Pryor RR, Casa DJ, Adams WM, et al. Maximizing athletic performance in the heat. Strength Cond J. 2013;35(6):24-33.

6. Adams WM, Casa DJ. Hydration for football athletes. Sports Sci Exchange. 2015;28(141):1-5.

7. American College of Sports Medicine, Armstrong LE, Casa DJ, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Exertional heat illness during training and competition. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(3):556-572.

8. Yard EE, Gilchrist J, Haileyesus T, et al. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. J Safety Res. 2010;41(6):471-474.

9. Huffman EA, Yard EE, Fields SK, Collins CL, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of rare injuries and conditions among United States high school athletes during the 2005-2006 and 2006-2007 school years. J Athl Train. 2008;43(6):624-630.

10. Kerr ZY, Casa DJ, Marshall SW, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of exertional heat illness among U.S. high school athletes. Am J Prev Med. 2013;44(1):8-14.

11. Casa DJ, DeMartini JK, Bergeron MF, et al. National Athletic Trainers’ Association position statement: exertional heat illnesses. J Athl Train. 2015;50(9):986-1000.

12. Casa DJ, Almquist J, Anderson SA. The inter-association task force for preventing sudden death in secondary school athletics programs: best-practices recommendations. J Athl Train. 2013;48(4):546-553.

13. Gardner JW, Kark JA, Karnei K, et al. Risk factors predicting exertional heat illness in male Marine Corps recruits. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1996;28(8):939-944.

14. Gundstein AJ, Ramseyer C, Zhao F, et al. A retrospective analysis of American football hyperthermia deaths in the United States. Int J Biometerol. 2012;56(1):11-20.

15. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

16. Casa DJ, Csillan D; Inter-Association Task Force for Preseason Secondary School Athletics Participants, et al. Preseason heat-acclimatization guidelines for secondary school athletics. J Athl Train. 2009;44(3):332-333.

17. Godek SF, Godek JJ, Bartolozzi AR. Hydration status in college football players during consecutive days of twice-a-day preseason practices. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(6):843-851.

18. Stover EA, Zachwieja J, Stofan J, Murray R, Horswill CA. Consistently high urine specific gravity in adolescent American football players and the impact of an acute drinking strategy. Int J Sports Med. 2006;27(4):330-335.

19. Bongers CC, Thijssen DH, Veltmeijer MTW, Hopman MT, Eijsvogels TM. Precooling and percooling (cooling during exercise) both improve performance in the heat: a meta-analytical review. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(6):377-384.

20. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

21. DeMartini JK, Casa DJ, Stearns R, et al. Effectiveness of cold water immersion in the treatment of exertional heat stroke at the Falmouth Road Race. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(2):240-245.

22. Casa DJ, Kenny GP, Taylor NA. Immersion treatment for exertional hyperthermia: cold or temperate water? Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010;42(7):1246-1252.

23. Casa DJ, Armstrong LE, Kenny GP, O’Connor FG, Huggins RA. Exertional heat stroke: new concepts regarding cause and care. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(3):115-122.

24. Argaud L, Ferry T, Le QH, et al. Short- and long-term outcomes of heat stroke following the 2003 heat wave in Lyon, France. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167(20):2177-2183.

25. O’Connor FG, Casa DJ, Bergeron MF, et al. American College of Sports Medicine Roundtable on exertional heat stroke--return to duty/return to play: conference proceedings. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2010;9(5):314-321.

26. Kazman JB, Heled Y, Lisman PJ, Druyan A, Deuster PA, O’Connor FG. Exertional heat illness: the role of heat tolerance testing. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2013;12(2):101-105.

27. Moran DS, Heled Y, Still L, Laor A, Shapiro Y. Assessment of heat tolerance for post exertional heat stroke individuals. Med Sci Monit. 2004;10(6):CR252-CR257.

28. Herring SA, Kibler WB, Putukian M. Team Physician Consensus Statement: 2013 update. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2013;45(8):1618-1622.

29. Heat stroke treatment. Korey Stringer Institute University of Connecticut Web site. http://ksi.uconn.edu/emergency-conditions/heat-illnesses/exertional-heat-stroke/heat-stroke-treatment/. Accessed June 14, 2016.

30. Headquarters, Department of the Army and the Air Force. Heat Stress Control and Heat Casualty Management. Technical Bulletin Medical 507. http://www.dir.ca.gov/oshsb/documents/Heat_illness_prevention_tbmed507.pdf. Published March 7, 2003. Accessed June 14, 2016.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The opinions and assertions contained herein are private views and are not to be construed as official or as reflecting the views of the US Army Medical Department, US Air Force Medical Corps, Uniformed Services University, or the Department of Defense at large.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
340-348
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The opinions and assertions contained herein are private views and are not to be construed as official or as reflecting the views of the US Army Medical Department, US Air Force Medical Corps, Uniformed Services University, or the Department of Defense at large.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The opinions and assertions contained herein are private views and are not to be construed as official or as reflecting the views of the US Army Medical Department, US Air Force Medical Corps, Uniformed Services University, or the Department of Defense at large.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Football, one of the most popular sports in the United States, is additionally recognized as a leading contributor to sports injury secondary to the contact collision nature of the endeavor. There are an estimated 1.1 million high school football players with another 100,000 participants combined in the National Football League (NFL), college, junior college, Arena Football League, and semipro levels of play.1 USA Football estimates that an additional 3 million youth participate in community football leagues.1 The National Center for Catastrophic Sports Injury Research recently calculated a fatality rate of 0.14 per 100,000 participants in 2014 for the 4.2 million who play football at all levels—and 0.45 per 100,000 in high school.1 While direct deaths from head and spine injury remain a significant contributor to the number of catastrophic injuries, indirect deaths (systemic failure) predominate. Exertional heat stroke (EHS) has emerged as one of the leading indirect causes of death in high school and collegiate football. Boden and colleagues2 reported that high school and college football players sustain approximately 12 fatalities annually, with indirect systemic causes being twice as common as direct blunt trauma.2The most common indirect causes identified included cardiac failure, heat illness, and complications of sickle cell trait (SCT). It was also noted that the risk of SCT, heat-related, and cardiac deaths increased during the second decade of the study, indicating these conditions may require a greater emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. This review details for the team physician the unique challenge of exercising in the heat to the football player, and the prevention, diagnosis, management and return-to-play issues pertinent to exertional heat illness (EHI).

The Challenge

EHS represents the most severe manifestation of EHI—a gamut of diseases commonly encountered during the hot summer months when American football season begins. The breadth of EHI includes several important clinical diagnoses: exercise-associated muscle cramps (heat cramps); heat exhaustion with and without syncope; heat injury with evidence of end organ injury (eg, rhabdomyolysis); and EHS. EHS is defined as “a form of hyperthermia associated with a systemic inflammatory response leading to a syndrome of multi-organ dysfunction in which encephalopathy predominates.”3 EHS, if left untreated, or even if clinical treatment is delayed, may result in significant end organ morbidity and/or mortality.

During exercise, the human thermoregulatory system mitigates heat gain by increasing skin blood flow and sweating, causing an increased dissipation of heat to the surrounding environment by leveraging conduction, convection, and evaporation.4,5 Elevated environmental temperatures, increased humidity, and dehydration can impede the body’s ability to dissipate heat at a rate needed to maintain thermoregulation. This imbalance can result in hyperthermia secondary to uncompensated heat stress,5 which in turn can lead to EHI. Football players have unique challenges that make them particularly vulnerable to EHI. The summer heat during early-season participation and the requirement for equipment that covers nearly 60% of body surfaces pose increased risk of volume losses and hyperthermia that trigger the onset of EHI.6 Football athletes’ body compositions and physical size are additional contributing risk factors; the relatively high muscle and fat content increase thermogenicity, which require their bodies to dissipate more heat.7

An estimated 9000 cases of EHI occur annually across all high school sports,8 with an incidence of 1.6:100,000 athlete-exposures.8,9 Studies have demonstrated, however, that EHI occurs in football 11.4 times more often than in all other high school sports combined.10 The incidence of nonfatal EHI in all levels of football is 4.42-5:100,000.8,9 Between 2000 and 2014, 41 football players died from EHS.1 In football, approximately 75% of all EHI events occurred during practices, while only 25% of incidents occurred during games.8

Given these potentially deadly consequences, it is important that football team physicians are not only alert to the early symptoms of heat illness and prepared to intervene to prevent the progression to EHS, but are critical leaders in educating coaches and players in evidence-based EHI prevention practices and policies.

Prevention

EHS is a preventable condition, arguably the most common cause of preventable nontraumatic exertional death in young athletes in the United States. Close attention to mitigating risk factors should begin prior to the onset of preseason practice and continue through the early season, where athletes are at the highest risk of developing heat illness.

Primary Prevention

Primary prevention is fundamental to minimizing the occurrences of EHI. It focuses on the following methods: recognition of inherent risk factors, acclimatization, hydration, and avoidance of inciting substances (including supplements).

 

 

Pre-Participation Examination. The purpose of the pre-participation examination (PPE) is to maximize an athlete’s safety by identifying medical conditions that place the athlete at risk.11,12 The Preparticipation Physical Evaluation, 4th edition, the most widely used consensus publication, specifically queries if an athlete has a previous history of heat injury. However, it only indirectly addresses intrinsic risk factors that may predispose an athlete to EHI who has never had an EHI before. Therefore, providers should take the opportunity of the PPE to inquire about additional risk factors that may make an athlete high risk for sustaining a heat injury. Common risk factors for EHI are listed in Table 1.

Table 1
While identifying at-risk athletes is important in mitigating the risk of developing EHI, it will not identify all possible cases: a study of military recruits found that up to 50% of Marines who developed EHI lacked an identifiable risk factor.13Wet Bulb Globe Temperature. Humidity can heighten a player’s risk of developing thermogenic dysregulation during hot temperatures. As ambient temperature nears internal body temperature, heat may actually be absorbed by the skin rather than dissipated into the air. As a result, the body must increasingly rely on sweat evaporation to encourage heat loss; this process is hindered in very humid climates. Wet bulb globe temperature (WBGT) is a measure of heat stress that accounts for temperature, humidity, wind speed, and cloud cover. WBGT should be utilized to determine the relative risk of EHI based on local environmental conditions, as there is a direct correlation between elevated WBGT and risk of EHI.11,14 The greatest risk for EHS is performing high-intensity exercise (>75% VO2max) when WBGT >28°C (82°F).7 A study of hyperthermia-related deaths in football found that a majority of fatalities occurred on days classified as high risk (23°C-28°C) or extreme risk (>28°C) by WBGT.14 Consensus guidelines recommend that activities be modified based on WBGT (Table 2).7,12
Table 2.
The impact of WBGT does not end solely on the day of practice. Athletes who exercise in elevated WBGT environments on 2 consecutive days are at increased risk of EHI due to cumulative effects of exercise in heat.11Clothing. In football, required protective equipment may cover up to 60% of body surfaces. Studies have shown that wearing full uniform with pads increases internal body temperature and decreases time to exhaustion when compared to light clothing.5,15 In addition, athletic equipment traps heat close to the body and inhibits evaporation of sweat into the environment, thereby inhibiting radiant and evaporative heat dissipation.5,11 Likewise, wearing dark clothing encourages radiant absorption of heat, further contributing to potential thermal dysregulation.5 Use of a helmet is a specific risk factor for EHI, as significant heat dissipation occurs through the head.11 To mitigate these risk factors, the introduction of padded equipment should occur incrementally over the heat acclimatization period (see below). In addition, athletes should be encouraged to remove their helmets during rest periods to promote added heat dissipation and recovery.

Heat Acclimatization. The risk of EHI escalates significantly when athletes are subjected to multiple stressors during periods of heat exposure, such as sudden increases in intensity or duration of exercise; prolonged new exposures to heat; dehydration; and sleep loss.5 When football season begins in late summer, athletes are least conditioned as temperatures reach their seasonal peak, causing increased risk of EHI.15 Planning for heat acclimatization is vital for all athletes who exercise in hot environments. Acclimatization procedures place progressively mounting physiologic strains on the body to improve athletes’ ability to dissipate heat, diminishing thermoregulatory and cardiovascular exertion.4,5 Acclimatization begins with expansion of plasma volume on days 3 to 6, causing improvements in cardiac efficiency and resulting in an overall decrease in basal internal body temperature.4,5,15 This process results in improvements in heat tolerance and exercise performance, evolving over 10 to 14 days of gradual escalation of exercise intensity and duration.5,10,11,16 However, poor fitness levels and extreme temperatures can prolong this period, requiring up to 2 to 3 months to fully take effect.5,7

The National Athletic Trainers Association (NATA) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) have released consensus guidelines regarding heat acclimatization protocols for football athletes at the high school and college levels (Tables 3 and 4). Each of these guidelines involves an initial period without use of protective equipment, followed by a gradual addition of further equipment.11,16
Table 3.

Secondary Prevention

Despite physicians’ best efforts to prevent all cases of EHI, athletes will still experience the effects of exercise-induced hyperthermia. The goal of secondary prevention is to slow the progression of this hyperthermia so that it does not progress to more dangerous EHI.

Table 4.

 

 

Hydration. Dehydration is an important risk factor for EHI. Sweat maintains thermoregulation by dissipating heat generated during exercise; however, it also contributes to body water losses. Furthermore, intravascular depletion decreases stroke volume, thereby increasing cardiovascular strain. It is estimated that for every 1% loss in body mass from dehydration, body temperature rises 0.22°C in comparison to a euhydrated state.6 Dehydration occurs more rapidly in hot environments, as fluid is lost through increased sweat production.7 After approximately 6% to 10% body weight volume loss, cardiac output cannot be maintained, diminishing sweat production and blood flow to both skin and muscle and causing diminished performance and a significant risk of heat exhaustion.7 If left unchecked, these physiologic changes result in further elevations in body temperature and increased cardiovascular strain, ultimately placing the athlete at significant risk for development of EHS.

Adequate hydration to maintain euvolemia is an important step in avoiding possible EHI. Multiple studies have shown that football players experience a baseline hypovolemia during their competition season,6 a deficit that is most marked during the first week of practices.17 This deficit is multifactorial, as football players expend a significant amount of fluid through sweat, are not able to adequately replace these losses during practice, and do not appropriately hydrate off the field.6,18 Some players, especially linemen, sweat at a higher rate than their teammates, posing a possible risk of significant dehydration.6 Coaches and players alike should be educated on the importance of adequate hydration to meet their fluid needs.

The goal of hydration during exercise is to prevent large fluid losses that can adversely affect performance and increase risk of EHI;6 it may be unrealistic to replace all fluid losses during the practice period. Instead, athletes should target complete volume replacement over the post-exercise period.6 Some recommend hydrating based upon thirst drive; however, thirst is activated following a volume loss of approximately 2% body mass, the same degree of losses that place athletes at an increased risk for performance impairment and EHI.4,6,11,12 Individuals should have access to fluids throughout practice and competition and be encouraged to hydrate as needed.6,12,15 Furthermore, staff should modify their practices based upon WBGT and acclimatization status to provide more frequent hydration breaks.

Hyperhydration and Salt Intake. Of note, there are inherent risks to hyperhydration. Athletes with low sweat rates have an increased risk of overhydration and the development of exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH),6 a condition whose presentation is very similar to EHS. In addition, inadequate sodium intake and excessive sweating can also contribute to the development of EAH. EAH has been implicated in the deaths of 2 football players in 2014.1,6 Establishing team hydration guidelines and educating players and staff on appropriate hydration and dietary salt intake is essential to reduce the risk of both dehydration and hyperhydration and their complications.6Intra-Event Cooling. During exercise, team physicians can employ strategies for cooling athletes during exertion to mitigate their risk of EHI by decreasing thermal and cardiovascular strain.4,19 Cooling during exercise is hypothesized to allow for accelerated heat dissipation, where heat is lost from the body more effectively. This accelerated loss enables athletes to maintain a higher heat storage capacity over the duration of exercise, avoiding uncompensated heat stresses that ultimately cause EHI.19

Some intra-event cooling strategies include the use of cooling garments, cooling packs, and cold water/slurry ingestion. Cooling garments lower skin temperature, which in turn can decrease thermoregulatory strains;4 a recent meta-analysis of intra-event cooling modalities revealed that wearing an ice vest during exercise resulted in the greatest decrease in thermal heat strain.19 Internal cooling strategies—namely ingestion of cold fluids/ice slurry—have shown some mild benefit in decreasing internal temperatures; however, some studies have demonstrated some decrease in sweat production associated with cold oral intake used in isolation.19 Overall, studies have shown that combining external (cooling clothing, ice packs, fanning) and internal (cold water, ice slurry) cooling methods result in a greater cooling effect than a use of a single method.4

Tertiary Prevention

The goal of tertiary prevention is to mitigate the risk of long-term adverse outcomes following an EHS event. The most effective means of reducing risk for morbidity and mortality is rapid identification and treatment of EHS as well as close evaluation of an athlete’s return to activity in heat. This process is spearheaded by an effective and well-rehearsed emergency action plan.

Diagnosis and Management

Rapid identification and treatment of EHS is crucial to minimizing the risk of poor outcomes.7 Any delay in the treatment of EHS can dramatically increase the likelihood of associated morbidity and mortality.20

 

 

EHS is diagnosed by an elevated rectal temperature ≥40°C (104°F) and associated central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction.21 EHS should be strongly suspected in any athlete exercising in heat who exhibits signs of CNS dysfunction, including disorientation, confusion, dizziness, erratic behavior, irritability, headache, loss of coordination, delirium, collapse, or seizures.7,12,15 EHS may also present with symptoms of heat exhaustion, including fatigue, hyperventilation, tachycardia, vomiting, diarrhea, and hypotension.7,12,15

Rectal temperature should be taken for any athlete with suspected EHS, as other modalities—oral, skin, axillary, and aural—can be inaccurate and easily modified by ambient confounders such as ambient and skin temperature, athlete hyperventilation, and consumption of liquids.7,11,12 Athletes exhibiting CNS symptoms with moderately elevated rectal temperatures that do not exceed 40°C should also be assumed to be suffering from EHS and treated with rapid cooling.11 On the other hand, athletes with CNS symptoms who are normothermic should be assumed to have EAH until ruled out by electrolyte assessment; IV fluids should be at no more than keep vein open (KVO) pending this determination.11 In some cases, an athlete may initially present with altered mental status but return to “normal.” However, this improvement may represent a “lucid period”; evaluation should continue with rectal temperature and treatment, as EHS in these cases may progress quickly.15

Treatment is centered on rapid, whole body cooling initiated at the first sign of heat illness.7,22 The goal of treatment is to achieve a rectal temperature <38.9°C within 30 minutes of the onset of EHS.15 Upon diagnosis, the athlete should be quickly placed in a tub of ice water to facilitate cold water immersion (CWI) therapy. Some guidelines suggest the athlete’s clothing be removed to potentiate evaporative cooling during CWI;12 however, cooling should not be delayed due to difficulties in removing equipment. CWI, where a heat stroke victim is submerged in ice water up to their neck while water is continuously circulated, is generally considered to be the gold standard treatment as it is the modality with the highest recorded cooling rates and the lowest rate of morbidity and mortality.7,20,21 Multiple studies of CWI have shown that survival nears 100% when aggressive cooling starts within 5 minutes of collapse or identification of EHS.20,21,22

If whole body CWI is unavailable, alternative methods of rapid cooling should be employed. Partial CWI, with torso immersion being preferable to the extremities, has been shown to achieve an acceptable rate of cooling to achieve sufficient drops in internal body temperature.20,23 However, one popular treatment—applying ice packs to the whole body, in particular to the groin and axillae—has not been shown to be sufficient to achieve standard cooling goals.20 None of these methods have been shown to be as effective as CWI.23

Intravenous access should be initiated with fluid resuscitation dictated by the provider’s assessment. Normal saline is recommended as the resuscitative fluid of choice, with the rate dictated by clinical judgment and adjusted as guided by electrolyte determination and clinical response. It cannot be overstated that in normothermic patients with confusion, EAH is the diagnosis of exclusion and aggressive fluid resuscitation should be withheld until electrolyte determination.

Once rectal temperature descends appropriately (~38.9°C), the cooling process should stop and the individual should be transported to a hospital for further observation20 and evaluation of possible sequelae, including rhabdomyolysis and renal injury, cardiac dysfunction and arrhythmia, severe electrolyte abnormalities, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lactic acidosis, and other forms of end-organ failure (Figure).

Figure.


Rapid cooling is more crucial than transport; transport poses a risk of delayed cooling, which can dramatically increase an individual’s risk of morbidity and mortality.20,23 In situations where a patient can be cooled on-site, physicians should pursue cooling before transporting the patient to a medical treatment facility.

Emergency Action Plan

Team physicians should be proactive in developing an emergency action plan to address possible EHS events. These plans should be site-specific, addressing procedures for all practice and home competition locations.12 All competition venues should have a CWI tub on-site in events where there is an increased risk of EHS.12,15,20 This tub should be set up and functional for all high-risk activities, including practices.12

Following recognition of a potential case of EHS, treatment teams should have procedures in place to transport athletes to the treatment area, obtain rectal temperature, initiate rapid cooling, and stabilize the athlete for transport to an emergency department (ED) for further evaluation.12,15 A written record of treatments and medications provided during athlete stabilization should be maintained and transported with the athlete to the ED.15 A list of helpful equipment and supplies for treatment of EHS can be found in Table 5.

Table 5.


EHS is a unique life-threatening situation where it is best to treat the patient on the sideline before transport.15 Those athletes transported before cooling risk spending an increased amount of time above critical temperatures for cell damage, which has been associated with increased morbidity and mortality. This mantra of “cool first, transport second” cannot be overemphasized, as those individuals with EHS who present to the ED with a persisting rectal temperature >41°F may risk up to an 80% mortality rate.24 Conversely, a recent large, retrospective study of 274 EHS events sustained during the Falmouth Road Race found a 100% survival rate when athletes were rapidly identified via rectal thermometry and treated with aggressive, rapid cooling through CWI.21

 

 

Return to Play

Perhaps the most challenging and important role the team physician has is determining an athlete’s return to play following EHI, as there currently are no evidence-based guidelines for return to activity for these athletes.7 The decisions surrounding return to play are highly individualized, as recovery from EHS and heat injury is associated with the duration of internal body temperature elevation above the critical level (40°C).7,20 Guidelines for return to activity following recovery from EHI differ among experts and institutions.7,25 The general consensus from these guidelines is that, at minimum, athletes should not participate in any physical activity until they are asymptomatic and all blood tests have normalized.11 Following this asymptomatic period, most guidelines advocate for a slow, deliberate return to activity.11 The American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) offers one reasonable approach to the returning athlete following EHS:7

  • No exercise for at least 7 days following release from medical care.
  • Follow-up with a physician 1 week after release from medical care for physical examination and any warranted lab or radiologic studies (based upon organ systems affected during EHS).
  • Once cleared to return to activity, the athlete begins exercise in a cool environment, gradually increasing the duration, intensity, and heat exposure over 2 weeks to demonstrate heat tolerance and acclimatization.
  • Athletes who cannot resume vigorous activity due to recurrent symptoms (eg, excessive fatigue) should be reevaluated after 4 weeks. Laboratory exercise-heat tolerance testing may be useful in this setting.
  • The athlete may resume full competition once they are able to participate in full training in the heat for 2 to 4 weeks without adverse effects.

Heat tolerance testing (HTT) in these athletes remains controversial.5 26 The ACSM recommends that HTT be considered only for those unable to return to vigorous activity after a suitable period (approximately 4 weeks). In contrast, the Israeli Defense Force (IDF) uses HTT to evaluate soldiers following EHS to guide decision-making about return to duty.27 The IDF HTT assumes that individuals will respond differently to heat stresses. They identify individuals who are “heat intolerant” as being unable to tolerate specific heat challenges, indicated by increases in body temperature occurring more rapidly than normal responders under identical environmental and exercise conditions. However, despite being used for more than 30 years, there is no clear evidence that HTT adequately predicts who will experience subsequent episodes of EHS.

Conclusion

While the recognized cornerstone of being a team physician is the provision of medical care, the ACSM Team Physician Consensus Statement28 further delineates the medical and administrative responsibilities as both (1) understanding medical management and prevention of injury and illness in athletes; and (2) awareness of or involvement in the development and rehearsal of an emergency action plan. These tenets are critical for the team physician who accepts the responsibility to cover sports at the high school level or higher. Football team physicians play an essential role in mitigating risk of EHI in their athletes. Through development and execution of both comprehensive prevention strategies and emergency action plans, physicians can work to minimize athletes’ risk of both developing and experiencing significant adverse outcomes from an EHI.

 

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):340-348. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

Football, one of the most popular sports in the United States, is additionally recognized as a leading contributor to sports injury secondary to the contact collision nature of the endeavor. There are an estimated 1.1 million high school football players with another 100,000 participants combined in the National Football League (NFL), college, junior college, Arena Football League, and semipro levels of play.1 USA Football estimates that an additional 3 million youth participate in community football leagues.1 The National Center for Catastrophic Sports Injury Research recently calculated a fatality rate of 0.14 per 100,000 participants in 2014 for the 4.2 million who play football at all levels—and 0.45 per 100,000 in high school.1 While direct deaths from head and spine injury remain a significant contributor to the number of catastrophic injuries, indirect deaths (systemic failure) predominate. Exertional heat stroke (EHS) has emerged as one of the leading indirect causes of death in high school and collegiate football. Boden and colleagues2 reported that high school and college football players sustain approximately 12 fatalities annually, with indirect systemic causes being twice as common as direct blunt trauma.2The most common indirect causes identified included cardiac failure, heat illness, and complications of sickle cell trait (SCT). It was also noted that the risk of SCT, heat-related, and cardiac deaths increased during the second decade of the study, indicating these conditions may require a greater emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. This review details for the team physician the unique challenge of exercising in the heat to the football player, and the prevention, diagnosis, management and return-to-play issues pertinent to exertional heat illness (EHI).

The Challenge

EHS represents the most severe manifestation of EHI—a gamut of diseases commonly encountered during the hot summer months when American football season begins. The breadth of EHI includes several important clinical diagnoses: exercise-associated muscle cramps (heat cramps); heat exhaustion with and without syncope; heat injury with evidence of end organ injury (eg, rhabdomyolysis); and EHS. EHS is defined as “a form of hyperthermia associated with a systemic inflammatory response leading to a syndrome of multi-organ dysfunction in which encephalopathy predominates.”3 EHS, if left untreated, or even if clinical treatment is delayed, may result in significant end organ morbidity and/or mortality.

During exercise, the human thermoregulatory system mitigates heat gain by increasing skin blood flow and sweating, causing an increased dissipation of heat to the surrounding environment by leveraging conduction, convection, and evaporation.4,5 Elevated environmental temperatures, increased humidity, and dehydration can impede the body’s ability to dissipate heat at a rate needed to maintain thermoregulation. This imbalance can result in hyperthermia secondary to uncompensated heat stress,5 which in turn can lead to EHI. Football players have unique challenges that make them particularly vulnerable to EHI. The summer heat during early-season participation and the requirement for equipment that covers nearly 60% of body surfaces pose increased risk of volume losses and hyperthermia that trigger the onset of EHI.6 Football athletes’ body compositions and physical size are additional contributing risk factors; the relatively high muscle and fat content increase thermogenicity, which require their bodies to dissipate more heat.7

An estimated 9000 cases of EHI occur annually across all high school sports,8 with an incidence of 1.6:100,000 athlete-exposures.8,9 Studies have demonstrated, however, that EHI occurs in football 11.4 times more often than in all other high school sports combined.10 The incidence of nonfatal EHI in all levels of football is 4.42-5:100,000.8,9 Between 2000 and 2014, 41 football players died from EHS.1 In football, approximately 75% of all EHI events occurred during practices, while only 25% of incidents occurred during games.8

Given these potentially deadly consequences, it is important that football team physicians are not only alert to the early symptoms of heat illness and prepared to intervene to prevent the progression to EHS, but are critical leaders in educating coaches and players in evidence-based EHI prevention practices and policies.

Prevention

EHS is a preventable condition, arguably the most common cause of preventable nontraumatic exertional death in young athletes in the United States. Close attention to mitigating risk factors should begin prior to the onset of preseason practice and continue through the early season, where athletes are at the highest risk of developing heat illness.

Primary Prevention

Primary prevention is fundamental to minimizing the occurrences of EHI. It focuses on the following methods: recognition of inherent risk factors, acclimatization, hydration, and avoidance of inciting substances (including supplements).

 

 

Pre-Participation Examination. The purpose of the pre-participation examination (PPE) is to maximize an athlete’s safety by identifying medical conditions that place the athlete at risk.11,12 The Preparticipation Physical Evaluation, 4th edition, the most widely used consensus publication, specifically queries if an athlete has a previous history of heat injury. However, it only indirectly addresses intrinsic risk factors that may predispose an athlete to EHI who has never had an EHI before. Therefore, providers should take the opportunity of the PPE to inquire about additional risk factors that may make an athlete high risk for sustaining a heat injury. Common risk factors for EHI are listed in Table 1.

Table 1
While identifying at-risk athletes is important in mitigating the risk of developing EHI, it will not identify all possible cases: a study of military recruits found that up to 50% of Marines who developed EHI lacked an identifiable risk factor.13Wet Bulb Globe Temperature. Humidity can heighten a player’s risk of developing thermogenic dysregulation during hot temperatures. As ambient temperature nears internal body temperature, heat may actually be absorbed by the skin rather than dissipated into the air. As a result, the body must increasingly rely on sweat evaporation to encourage heat loss; this process is hindered in very humid climates. Wet bulb globe temperature (WBGT) is a measure of heat stress that accounts for temperature, humidity, wind speed, and cloud cover. WBGT should be utilized to determine the relative risk of EHI based on local environmental conditions, as there is a direct correlation between elevated WBGT and risk of EHI.11,14 The greatest risk for EHS is performing high-intensity exercise (>75% VO2max) when WBGT >28°C (82°F).7 A study of hyperthermia-related deaths in football found that a majority of fatalities occurred on days classified as high risk (23°C-28°C) or extreme risk (>28°C) by WBGT.14 Consensus guidelines recommend that activities be modified based on WBGT (Table 2).7,12
Table 2.
The impact of WBGT does not end solely on the day of practice. Athletes who exercise in elevated WBGT environments on 2 consecutive days are at increased risk of EHI due to cumulative effects of exercise in heat.11Clothing. In football, required protective equipment may cover up to 60% of body surfaces. Studies have shown that wearing full uniform with pads increases internal body temperature and decreases time to exhaustion when compared to light clothing.5,15 In addition, athletic equipment traps heat close to the body and inhibits evaporation of sweat into the environment, thereby inhibiting radiant and evaporative heat dissipation.5,11 Likewise, wearing dark clothing encourages radiant absorption of heat, further contributing to potential thermal dysregulation.5 Use of a helmet is a specific risk factor for EHI, as significant heat dissipation occurs through the head.11 To mitigate these risk factors, the introduction of padded equipment should occur incrementally over the heat acclimatization period (see below). In addition, athletes should be encouraged to remove their helmets during rest periods to promote added heat dissipation and recovery.

Heat Acclimatization. The risk of EHI escalates significantly when athletes are subjected to multiple stressors during periods of heat exposure, such as sudden increases in intensity or duration of exercise; prolonged new exposures to heat; dehydration; and sleep loss.5 When football season begins in late summer, athletes are least conditioned as temperatures reach their seasonal peak, causing increased risk of EHI.15 Planning for heat acclimatization is vital for all athletes who exercise in hot environments. Acclimatization procedures place progressively mounting physiologic strains on the body to improve athletes’ ability to dissipate heat, diminishing thermoregulatory and cardiovascular exertion.4,5 Acclimatization begins with expansion of plasma volume on days 3 to 6, causing improvements in cardiac efficiency and resulting in an overall decrease in basal internal body temperature.4,5,15 This process results in improvements in heat tolerance and exercise performance, evolving over 10 to 14 days of gradual escalation of exercise intensity and duration.5,10,11,16 However, poor fitness levels and extreme temperatures can prolong this period, requiring up to 2 to 3 months to fully take effect.5,7

The National Athletic Trainers Association (NATA) and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) have released consensus guidelines regarding heat acclimatization protocols for football athletes at the high school and college levels (Tables 3 and 4). Each of these guidelines involves an initial period without use of protective equipment, followed by a gradual addition of further equipment.11,16
Table 3.

Secondary Prevention

Despite physicians’ best efforts to prevent all cases of EHI, athletes will still experience the effects of exercise-induced hyperthermia. The goal of secondary prevention is to slow the progression of this hyperthermia so that it does not progress to more dangerous EHI.

Table 4.

 

 

Hydration. Dehydration is an important risk factor for EHI. Sweat maintains thermoregulation by dissipating heat generated during exercise; however, it also contributes to body water losses. Furthermore, intravascular depletion decreases stroke volume, thereby increasing cardiovascular strain. It is estimated that for every 1% loss in body mass from dehydration, body temperature rises 0.22°C in comparison to a euhydrated state.6 Dehydration occurs more rapidly in hot environments, as fluid is lost through increased sweat production.7 After approximately 6% to 10% body weight volume loss, cardiac output cannot be maintained, diminishing sweat production and blood flow to both skin and muscle and causing diminished performance and a significant risk of heat exhaustion.7 If left unchecked, these physiologic changes result in further elevations in body temperature and increased cardiovascular strain, ultimately placing the athlete at significant risk for development of EHS.

Adequate hydration to maintain euvolemia is an important step in avoiding possible EHI. Multiple studies have shown that football players experience a baseline hypovolemia during their competition season,6 a deficit that is most marked during the first week of practices.17 This deficit is multifactorial, as football players expend a significant amount of fluid through sweat, are not able to adequately replace these losses during practice, and do not appropriately hydrate off the field.6,18 Some players, especially linemen, sweat at a higher rate than their teammates, posing a possible risk of significant dehydration.6 Coaches and players alike should be educated on the importance of adequate hydration to meet their fluid needs.

The goal of hydration during exercise is to prevent large fluid losses that can adversely affect performance and increase risk of EHI;6 it may be unrealistic to replace all fluid losses during the practice period. Instead, athletes should target complete volume replacement over the post-exercise period.6 Some recommend hydrating based upon thirst drive; however, thirst is activated following a volume loss of approximately 2% body mass, the same degree of losses that place athletes at an increased risk for performance impairment and EHI.4,6,11,12 Individuals should have access to fluids throughout practice and competition and be encouraged to hydrate as needed.6,12,15 Furthermore, staff should modify their practices based upon WBGT and acclimatization status to provide more frequent hydration breaks.

Hyperhydration and Salt Intake. Of note, there are inherent risks to hyperhydration. Athletes with low sweat rates have an increased risk of overhydration and the development of exercise-associated hyponatremia (EAH),6 a condition whose presentation is very similar to EHS. In addition, inadequate sodium intake and excessive sweating can also contribute to the development of EAH. EAH has been implicated in the deaths of 2 football players in 2014.1,6 Establishing team hydration guidelines and educating players and staff on appropriate hydration and dietary salt intake is essential to reduce the risk of both dehydration and hyperhydration and their complications.6Intra-Event Cooling. During exercise, team physicians can employ strategies for cooling athletes during exertion to mitigate their risk of EHI by decreasing thermal and cardiovascular strain.4,19 Cooling during exercise is hypothesized to allow for accelerated heat dissipation, where heat is lost from the body more effectively. This accelerated loss enables athletes to maintain a higher heat storage capacity over the duration of exercise, avoiding uncompensated heat stresses that ultimately cause EHI.19

Some intra-event cooling strategies include the use of cooling garments, cooling packs, and cold water/slurry ingestion. Cooling garments lower skin temperature, which in turn can decrease thermoregulatory strains;4 a recent meta-analysis of intra-event cooling modalities revealed that wearing an ice vest during exercise resulted in the greatest decrease in thermal heat strain.19 Internal cooling strategies—namely ingestion of cold fluids/ice slurry—have shown some mild benefit in decreasing internal temperatures; however, some studies have demonstrated some decrease in sweat production associated with cold oral intake used in isolation.19 Overall, studies have shown that combining external (cooling clothing, ice packs, fanning) and internal (cold water, ice slurry) cooling methods result in a greater cooling effect than a use of a single method.4

Tertiary Prevention

The goal of tertiary prevention is to mitigate the risk of long-term adverse outcomes following an EHS event. The most effective means of reducing risk for morbidity and mortality is rapid identification and treatment of EHS as well as close evaluation of an athlete’s return to activity in heat. This process is spearheaded by an effective and well-rehearsed emergency action plan.

Diagnosis and Management

Rapid identification and treatment of EHS is crucial to minimizing the risk of poor outcomes.7 Any delay in the treatment of EHS can dramatically increase the likelihood of associated morbidity and mortality.20

 

 

EHS is diagnosed by an elevated rectal temperature ≥40°C (104°F) and associated central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction.21 EHS should be strongly suspected in any athlete exercising in heat who exhibits signs of CNS dysfunction, including disorientation, confusion, dizziness, erratic behavior, irritability, headache, loss of coordination, delirium, collapse, or seizures.7,12,15 EHS may also present with symptoms of heat exhaustion, including fatigue, hyperventilation, tachycardia, vomiting, diarrhea, and hypotension.7,12,15

Rectal temperature should be taken for any athlete with suspected EHS, as other modalities—oral, skin, axillary, and aural—can be inaccurate and easily modified by ambient confounders such as ambient and skin temperature, athlete hyperventilation, and consumption of liquids.7,11,12 Athletes exhibiting CNS symptoms with moderately elevated rectal temperatures that do not exceed 40°C should also be assumed to be suffering from EHS and treated with rapid cooling.11 On the other hand, athletes with CNS symptoms who are normothermic should be assumed to have EAH until ruled out by electrolyte assessment; IV fluids should be at no more than keep vein open (KVO) pending this determination.11 In some cases, an athlete may initially present with altered mental status but return to “normal.” However, this improvement may represent a “lucid period”; evaluation should continue with rectal temperature and treatment, as EHS in these cases may progress quickly.15

Treatment is centered on rapid, whole body cooling initiated at the first sign of heat illness.7,22 The goal of treatment is to achieve a rectal temperature <38.9°C within 30 minutes of the onset of EHS.15 Upon diagnosis, the athlete should be quickly placed in a tub of ice water to facilitate cold water immersion (CWI) therapy. Some guidelines suggest the athlete’s clothing be removed to potentiate evaporative cooling during CWI;12 however, cooling should not be delayed due to difficulties in removing equipment. CWI, where a heat stroke victim is submerged in ice water up to their neck while water is continuously circulated, is generally considered to be the gold standard treatment as it is the modality with the highest recorded cooling rates and the lowest rate of morbidity and mortality.7,20,21 Multiple studies of CWI have shown that survival nears 100% when aggressive cooling starts within 5 minutes of collapse or identification of EHS.20,21,22

If whole body CWI is unavailable, alternative methods of rapid cooling should be employed. Partial CWI, with torso immersion being preferable to the extremities, has been shown to achieve an acceptable rate of cooling to achieve sufficient drops in internal body temperature.20,23 However, one popular treatment—applying ice packs to the whole body, in particular to the groin and axillae—has not been shown to be sufficient to achieve standard cooling goals.20 None of these methods have been shown to be as effective as CWI.23

Intravenous access should be initiated with fluid resuscitation dictated by the provider’s assessment. Normal saline is recommended as the resuscitative fluid of choice, with the rate dictated by clinical judgment and adjusted as guided by electrolyte determination and clinical response. It cannot be overstated that in normothermic patients with confusion, EAH is the diagnosis of exclusion and aggressive fluid resuscitation should be withheld until electrolyte determination.

Once rectal temperature descends appropriately (~38.9°C), the cooling process should stop and the individual should be transported to a hospital for further observation20 and evaluation of possible sequelae, including rhabdomyolysis and renal injury, cardiac dysfunction and arrhythmia, severe electrolyte abnormalities, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lactic acidosis, and other forms of end-organ failure (Figure).

Figure.


Rapid cooling is more crucial than transport; transport poses a risk of delayed cooling, which can dramatically increase an individual’s risk of morbidity and mortality.20,23 In situations where a patient can be cooled on-site, physicians should pursue cooling before transporting the patient to a medical treatment facility.

Emergency Action Plan

Team physicians should be proactive in developing an emergency action plan to address possible EHS events. These plans should be site-specific, addressing procedures for all practice and home competition locations.12 All competition venues should have a CWI tub on-site in events where there is an increased risk of EHS.12,15,20 This tub should be set up and functional for all high-risk activities, including practices.12

Following recognition of a potential case of EHS, treatment teams should have procedures in place to transport athletes to the treatment area, obtain rectal temperature, initiate rapid cooling, and stabilize the athlete for transport to an emergency department (ED) for further evaluation.12,15 A written record of treatments and medications provided during athlete stabilization should be maintained and transported with the athlete to the ED.15 A list of helpful equipment and supplies for treatment of EHS can be found in Table 5.

Table 5.


EHS is a unique life-threatening situation where it is best to treat the patient on the sideline before transport.15 Those athletes transported before cooling risk spending an increased amount of time above critical temperatures for cell damage, which has been associated with increased morbidity and mortality. This mantra of “cool first, transport second” cannot be overemphasized, as those individuals with EHS who present to the ED with a persisting rectal temperature >41°F may risk up to an 80% mortality rate.24 Conversely, a recent large, retrospective study of 274 EHS events sustained during the Falmouth Road Race found a 100% survival rate when athletes were rapidly identified via rectal thermometry and treated with aggressive, rapid cooling through CWI.21

 

 

Return to Play

Perhaps the most challenging and important role the team physician has is determining an athlete’s return to play following EHI, as there currently are no evidence-based guidelines for return to activity for these athletes.7 The decisions surrounding return to play are highly individualized, as recovery from EHS and heat injury is associated with the duration of internal body temperature elevation above the critical level (40°C).7,20 Guidelines for return to activity following recovery from EHI differ among experts and institutions.7,25 The general consensus from these guidelines is that, at minimum, athletes should not participate in any physical activity until they are asymptomatic and all blood tests have normalized.11 Following this asymptomatic period, most guidelines advocate for a slow, deliberate return to activity.11 The American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) offers one reasonable approach to the returning athlete following EHS:7

  • No exercise for at least 7 days following release from medical care.
  • Follow-up with a physician 1 week after release from medical care for physical examination and any warranted lab or radiologic studies (based upon organ systems affected during EHS).
  • Once cleared to return to activity, the athlete begins exercise in a cool environment, gradually increasing the duration, intensity, and heat exposure over 2 weeks to demonstrate heat tolerance and acclimatization.
  • Athletes who cannot resume vigorous activity due to recurrent symptoms (eg, excessive fatigue) should be reevaluated after 4 weeks. Laboratory exercise-heat tolerance testing may be useful in this setting.
  • The athlete may resume full competition once they are able to participate in full training in the heat for 2 to 4 weeks without adverse effects.

Heat tolerance testing (HTT) in these athletes remains controversial.5 26 The ACSM recommends that HTT be considered only for those unable to return to vigorous activity after a suitable period (approximately 4 weeks). In contrast, the Israeli Defense Force (IDF) uses HTT to evaluate soldiers following EHS to guide decision-making about return to duty.27 The IDF HTT assumes that individuals will respond differently to heat stresses. They identify individuals who are “heat intolerant” as being unable to tolerate specific heat challenges, indicated by increases in body temperature occurring more rapidly than normal responders under identical environmental and exercise conditions. However, despite being used for more than 30 years, there is no clear evidence that HTT adequately predicts who will experience subsequent episodes of EHS.

Conclusion

While the recognized cornerstone of being a team physician is the provision of medical care, the ACSM Team Physician Consensus Statement28 further delineates the medical and administrative responsibilities as both (1) understanding medical management and prevention of injury and illness in athletes; and (2) awareness of or involvement in the development and rehearsal of an emergency action plan. These tenets are critical for the team physician who accepts the responsibility to cover sports at the high school level or higher. Football team physicians play an essential role in mitigating risk of EHI in their athletes. Through development and execution of both comprehensive prevention strategies and emergency action plans, physicians can work to minimize athletes’ risk of both developing and experiencing significant adverse outcomes from an EHI.

 

Am J Orthop. 2016;45(6):340-348. Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.

References

1. Kucera KL, Klossner D, Colgate B, Cantu RC. Annual Survey of Football Injury Research: 1931-2014. National Center for Catastrophic Sport Injury Research Web site. https://nccsir.unc.edu/files/2013/10/Annual-Football-2014-Fatalities-Final.pdf. Accessed May 31, 2016.

2. Boden BP, Breit I, Beachler JA, Williams A, Mueller FO. Fatalities in high school and college football players. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(5):1108-1116.

3. Bouchama A, Knochel JP. Heat stroke. N Engl J Med. 2002;346(25):1978-1988.

4. Racinais S, Alonso JM, Coutts AJ, et al. Consensus recommendations on training and competing in the heat. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2015;25 Suppl 1:6-19.

5. Pryor RR, Casa DJ, Adams WM, et al. Maximizing athletic performance in the heat. Strength Cond J. 2013;35(6):24-33.

6. Adams WM, Casa DJ. Hydration for football athletes. Sports Sci Exchange. 2015;28(141):1-5.

7. American College of Sports Medicine, Armstrong LE, Casa DJ, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Exertional heat illness during training and competition. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(3):556-572.

8. Yard EE, Gilchrist J, Haileyesus T, et al. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. J Safety Res. 2010;41(6):471-474.

9. Huffman EA, Yard EE, Fields SK, Collins CL, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of rare injuries and conditions among United States high school athletes during the 2005-2006 and 2006-2007 school years. J Athl Train. 2008;43(6):624-630.

10. Kerr ZY, Casa DJ, Marshall SW, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of exertional heat illness among U.S. high school athletes. Am J Prev Med. 2013;44(1):8-14.

11. Casa DJ, DeMartini JK, Bergeron MF, et al. National Athletic Trainers’ Association position statement: exertional heat illnesses. J Athl Train. 2015;50(9):986-1000.

12. Casa DJ, Almquist J, Anderson SA. The inter-association task force for preventing sudden death in secondary school athletics programs: best-practices recommendations. J Athl Train. 2013;48(4):546-553.

13. Gardner JW, Kark JA, Karnei K, et al. Risk factors predicting exertional heat illness in male Marine Corps recruits. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1996;28(8):939-944.

14. Gundstein AJ, Ramseyer C, Zhao F, et al. A retrospective analysis of American football hyperthermia deaths in the United States. Int J Biometerol. 2012;56(1):11-20.

15. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

16. Casa DJ, Csillan D; Inter-Association Task Force for Preseason Secondary School Athletics Participants, et al. Preseason heat-acclimatization guidelines for secondary school athletics. J Athl Train. 2009;44(3):332-333.

17. Godek SF, Godek JJ, Bartolozzi AR. Hydration status in college football players during consecutive days of twice-a-day preseason practices. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(6):843-851.

18. Stover EA, Zachwieja J, Stofan J, Murray R, Horswill CA. Consistently high urine specific gravity in adolescent American football players and the impact of an acute drinking strategy. Int J Sports Med. 2006;27(4):330-335.

19. Bongers CC, Thijssen DH, Veltmeijer MTW, Hopman MT, Eijsvogels TM. Precooling and percooling (cooling during exercise) both improve performance in the heat: a meta-analytical review. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(6):377-384.

20. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

21. DeMartini JK, Casa DJ, Stearns R, et al. Effectiveness of cold water immersion in the treatment of exertional heat stroke at the Falmouth Road Race. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(2):240-245.

22. Casa DJ, Kenny GP, Taylor NA. Immersion treatment for exertional hyperthermia: cold or temperate water? Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010;42(7):1246-1252.

23. Casa DJ, Armstrong LE, Kenny GP, O’Connor FG, Huggins RA. Exertional heat stroke: new concepts regarding cause and care. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(3):115-122.

24. Argaud L, Ferry T, Le QH, et al. Short- and long-term outcomes of heat stroke following the 2003 heat wave in Lyon, France. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167(20):2177-2183.

25. O’Connor FG, Casa DJ, Bergeron MF, et al. American College of Sports Medicine Roundtable on exertional heat stroke--return to duty/return to play: conference proceedings. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2010;9(5):314-321.

26. Kazman JB, Heled Y, Lisman PJ, Druyan A, Deuster PA, O’Connor FG. Exertional heat illness: the role of heat tolerance testing. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2013;12(2):101-105.

27. Moran DS, Heled Y, Still L, Laor A, Shapiro Y. Assessment of heat tolerance for post exertional heat stroke individuals. Med Sci Monit. 2004;10(6):CR252-CR257.

28. Herring SA, Kibler WB, Putukian M. Team Physician Consensus Statement: 2013 update. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2013;45(8):1618-1622.

29. Heat stroke treatment. Korey Stringer Institute University of Connecticut Web site. http://ksi.uconn.edu/emergency-conditions/heat-illnesses/exertional-heat-stroke/heat-stroke-treatment/. Accessed June 14, 2016.

30. Headquarters, Department of the Army and the Air Force. Heat Stress Control and Heat Casualty Management. Technical Bulletin Medical 507. http://www.dir.ca.gov/oshsb/documents/Heat_illness_prevention_tbmed507.pdf. Published March 7, 2003. Accessed June 14, 2016.

References

1. Kucera KL, Klossner D, Colgate B, Cantu RC. Annual Survey of Football Injury Research: 1931-2014. National Center for Catastrophic Sport Injury Research Web site. https://nccsir.unc.edu/files/2013/10/Annual-Football-2014-Fatalities-Final.pdf. Accessed May 31, 2016.

2. Boden BP, Breit I, Beachler JA, Williams A, Mueller FO. Fatalities in high school and college football players. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(5):1108-1116.

3. Bouchama A, Knochel JP. Heat stroke. N Engl J Med. 2002;346(25):1978-1988.

4. Racinais S, Alonso JM, Coutts AJ, et al. Consensus recommendations on training and competing in the heat. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 2015;25 Suppl 1:6-19.

5. Pryor RR, Casa DJ, Adams WM, et al. Maximizing athletic performance in the heat. Strength Cond J. 2013;35(6):24-33.

6. Adams WM, Casa DJ. Hydration for football athletes. Sports Sci Exchange. 2015;28(141):1-5.

7. American College of Sports Medicine, Armstrong LE, Casa DJ, et al. American College of Sports Medicine position stand. Exertional heat illness during training and competition. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007;39(3):556-572.

8. Yard EE, Gilchrist J, Haileyesus T, et al. Heat illness among high school athletes--United States, 2005-2009. J Safety Res. 2010;41(6):471-474.

9. Huffman EA, Yard EE, Fields SK, Collins CL, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of rare injuries and conditions among United States high school athletes during the 2005-2006 and 2006-2007 school years. J Athl Train. 2008;43(6):624-630.

10. Kerr ZY, Casa DJ, Marshall SW, Comstock RD. Epidemiology of exertional heat illness among U.S. high school athletes. Am J Prev Med. 2013;44(1):8-14.

11. Casa DJ, DeMartini JK, Bergeron MF, et al. National Athletic Trainers’ Association position statement: exertional heat illnesses. J Athl Train. 2015;50(9):986-1000.

12. Casa DJ, Almquist J, Anderson SA. The inter-association task force for preventing sudden death in secondary school athletics programs: best-practices recommendations. J Athl Train. 2013;48(4):546-553.

13. Gardner JW, Kark JA, Karnei K, et al. Risk factors predicting exertional heat illness in male Marine Corps recruits. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1996;28(8):939-944.

14. Gundstein AJ, Ramseyer C, Zhao F, et al. A retrospective analysis of American football hyperthermia deaths in the United States. Int J Biometerol. 2012;56(1):11-20.

15. Armstrong LE, Johnson EC, Casa DJ, et al. The American football uniform: uncompensable heat stress and hyperthermic exhaustion. J Athl Train. 2010;45(2):117-127.

16. Casa DJ, Csillan D; Inter-Association Task Force for Preseason Secondary School Athletics Participants, et al. Preseason heat-acclimatization guidelines for secondary school athletics. J Athl Train. 2009;44(3):332-333.

17. Godek SF, Godek JJ, Bartolozzi AR. Hydration status in college football players during consecutive days of twice-a-day preseason practices. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(6):843-851.

18. Stover EA, Zachwieja J, Stofan J, Murray R, Horswill CA. Consistently high urine specific gravity in adolescent American football players and the impact of an acute drinking strategy. Int J Sports Med. 2006;27(4):330-335.

19. Bongers CC, Thijssen DH, Veltmeijer MTW, Hopman MT, Eijsvogels TM. Precooling and percooling (cooling during exercise) both improve performance in the heat: a meta-analytical review. Br J Sports Med. 2015;49(6):377-384.

20. Casa DJ, McDermott BP, Lee EC, Yeargin SW, Armstrong LE, Maresh CM. Cold water immersion: the gold standard for exertional heatstroke treatment. Exerc Sport Sci Rev. 2007;35(3):141-149.

21. DeMartini JK, Casa DJ, Stearns R, et al. Effectiveness of cold water immersion in the treatment of exertional heat stroke at the Falmouth Road Race. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47(2):240-245.

22. Casa DJ, Kenny GP, Taylor NA. Immersion treatment for exertional hyperthermia: cold or temperate water? Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2010;42(7):1246-1252.

23. Casa DJ, Armstrong LE, Kenny GP, O’Connor FG, Huggins RA. Exertional heat stroke: new concepts regarding cause and care. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2012;11(3):115-122.

24. Argaud L, Ferry T, Le QH, et al. Short- and long-term outcomes of heat stroke following the 2003 heat wave in Lyon, France. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167(20):2177-2183.

25. O’Connor FG, Casa DJ, Bergeron MF, et al. American College of Sports Medicine Roundtable on exertional heat stroke--return to duty/return to play: conference proceedings. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2010;9(5):314-321.

26. Kazman JB, Heled Y, Lisman PJ, Druyan A, Deuster PA, O’Connor FG. Exertional heat illness: the role of heat tolerance testing. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2013;12(2):101-105.

27. Moran DS, Heled Y, Still L, Laor A, Shapiro Y. Assessment of heat tolerance for post exertional heat stroke individuals. Med Sci Monit. 2004;10(6):CR252-CR257.

28. Herring SA, Kibler WB, Putukian M. Team Physician Consensus Statement: 2013 update. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2013;45(8):1618-1622.

29. Heat stroke treatment. Korey Stringer Institute University of Connecticut Web site. http://ksi.uconn.edu/emergency-conditions/heat-illnesses/exertional-heat-stroke/heat-stroke-treatment/. Accessed June 14, 2016.

30. Headquarters, Department of the Army and the Air Force. Heat Stress Control and Heat Casualty Management. Technical Bulletin Medical 507. http://www.dir.ca.gov/oshsb/documents/Heat_illness_prevention_tbmed507.pdf. Published March 7, 2003. Accessed June 14, 2016.

Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Issue
The American Journal of Orthopedics - 45(6)
Page Number
340-348
Page Number
340-348
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Exertional Heat Stroke and American Football: What the Team Physician Needs to Know
Display Headline
Exertional Heat Stroke and American Football: What the Team Physician Needs to Know
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Finding the Optimum in the Use of Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 03/06/2018 - 16:05
Display Headline
Finding the Optimum in the Use of Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention

From the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and the Colorado Cardiovascular Outcomes Research Group, Denver and Aurora, CO.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the use of elective percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI), evaluate what is currently known about elective PCI in the context of appropriate use criteria, and offer insight into next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI to achieve high-quality care.
  • Methods: Review of the scientific literature, appropriate use criteria, and professional society guidelines relevant to elective PCI.
  • Results: Recent studies have demonstrated as many as 1 in 6 elective PCIs are inappropriate as determined by appropriate use criteria. These inappropriate PCIs are not anticipated to benefit patients and result in unnecessary patient risk and cost. While these studies are consistent with regard to overuse of elective PCI, less is known about potential underuse of PCI for elective indications. We lack health status data on populations of ischemic heart disease patients to inform PCI underuse that may contribute to patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life. Optimal use of PCI will be attained with longitudinal capture of patient-reported health status, study of factors contributing to overuse and underuse, refinement of the appropriate use criteria with particular focus on patient-centered measures, and incorporation of patient preference and shared decision making into appropriateness evaluation tools.
  • Conclusion: The use of elective PCI is less than optimal in current clinical practice. Continued effort is needed to ensure elective PCI is targeted to patients with anticipated benefit and use of the procedure is aligned with patient preferences.

 

Providing the right care to the right patient at the right time is essential to the practice of high-quality care. Reducing overuse of health care services is part of this equation, and initiatives to reduce inappropriate use and to encourage physicians and patients to “choose wisely” have been introduced [1]. One procedure that is being examined with a focus on appropriateness is percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI). This procedure is common (nearly 1 million inpatient PCI procedures performed in 2010), presents risks to the patient, and is expensive (attributable cost approximately $10 billion in 2010) [2,3]. While the clinical benefit of PCI in acute settings such as ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction is well established [4], the benefit of PCI in nonacute (elective) settings is less robust [5–7]. Prior studies have demonstrated PCI for stable ischemic heart disease does not result in mortality benefit [6]. Furthermore, PCI as an initial strategy for symptom relief of stable angina may offer little benefit relative to medications alone [5]. Given that PCI is common, costly, and associated with both short- and long-term risks [8,9], ensuring this therapy is provided to the right patient at the right time is important.

In 2009, appropriate use criteria (AUC) were developed by 6 professional organizations to support the rational and judicious use of PCI [10]; a focused update was published in 2012 [11]. In this review, we discuss the recommendations for appropriate use and their application and offer thoughts on next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI as part of high-quality care.

Variation in the Use of PCI

Since 1996, the Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care has documented substantial geographic variation in health care utilization and spending in the United States [12]. This variation includes a 10-fold difference in the use of PCI across geographic regions [13] (Figure 1). Several studies have suggested that much of this variation reflects overuse. For example, in a cohort study of patients with acute myocardial infarction, patients who lived in regions with lower health care expenditures were more likely to receive guideline-recommended medications at discharge, had similar access to follow-up care, reported similar functional health status and satisfaction with care, and had lower mortality than patients in high-expenditure regions [14,15]. These findings suggest overuse, as higher healthcare expenditures were not associated with better quality of care or patient outcomes.

Additionally, significant public attention has been focused on the issue of overuse after lay press investigations into community practice patterns. In particular, a case study presented in the New York Times highlighted the community of Elyria, Ohio, which was found to have a PCI rate that was 4 times the national average [16]. This investigation sparked public debate and further focused attention on the issue of overuse of elective PCI. Conversely, others have pointed to data that suggest underuse of coronary procedural care, particularly among women and racial and ethnic minorities [17–22].

Appropriate Use Criteria

Development Methodology

AUC for PCI, which were developed through the collaborative efforts of 6 major cardiovascular professional organizations, are intended to support the effective, efficient, and equitable use of PCI [10,11]. They were developed in response to a growing need to support rational use of cardiovascular procedures as part of high-quality care. The methods of development for the AUC have been described in detail in the criteria publications [10,11]. We briefly review these methods here.

In developing the criteria, a writing group created clinical scenarios for which coronary revascularization might be considered in everyday clinical practice [23] (Figure 2). These clinical scenarios were then presented to a 17-member technical panel, members of which were nominated by national cardiology societies. Technical panel members then rated the appropriateness of PCI for each scenario based on randomized trial data, clinical practice guidelines, and their expert opinion. For purposes of AUC development, appropriateness was defined as “when the expected benefits, in terms of survival or health outcomes (symptoms, functional status, and/or quality of life) exceed the expected negative consequences of the procedure [10].”

Panel members first individually assigned ratings to each clinical scenario that ranged from 1 (least appropriate) to 9 (most appropriate). This was followed by an in-person meeting in which technical panel members discussed scenarios for which there was wide variation in appropriateness assessment. After this meeting, technical panel members again assigned ratings for each scenario from 1 to 9. After this second round, the median values for the pooled ratings were used as the appropriateness classification for each scenario. Scenarios with median values of 1–3 were classified as “inappropriate,” 4–6 as “uncertain,” and 7–9 as “appropriate.” A rating of “appropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is considered generally acceptable and likely to improve health outcomes or survival. A rating of “uncertain” represented clinical scenarios where the indication may be reasonable but more research is necessary to further understand the relative benefits and risks of PCI in this setting. Finally, a rating of “inappropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is not generally acceptable as it is unlikely to improve health outcomes or survival.

The approach used for AUC development appears to be valid, as Class III indications for PCI in the ACC/AHA clinical guideline [24] (Class III = PCI should NOT be performed since it is not helpful and may be harmful) and AUC scenarios rated as inappropriate are in 100% agreement (personal communication, Ralph Brindis, past president of the American College of Cardiology).

Application

It is important to remember that the AUC are intended to aid in patient selection and are not absolute. Unique clinical factors and patient preference cannot feasibly be captured by the AUC scenarios. It should also be noted that the intent of the AUC is not to be punitive but rather to identify and assess variation in practice patterns. To reflect this intent, the terminology applied to appropriateness ratings has recently changed. Clinical scenarios previously classified as “inappropriate” are now termed “rarely appropriate” and clinical scenarios classified as “uncertain” are now termed “may be appropriate.”

Although the AUC were developed to help evaluate practice patterns of care delivery and serve as guides for clinical decision making, they were not intended to serve as mandates for or against treatment in individual patients or to be tied to reimbursement for individual patients. Despite this, health care organizations and payors have used other AUC documents for incentive pay and prior authorization programs, specifically for cardiovascular imaging [25]. Use of the AUC in this manner may still be reasonable if application and measurement is at the level of the practice, rather than the individual patient, but much remains to be understood about the implications of applying AUC in reimbursement
decisions.

Refinement

The AUC for PCI are designed to be dynamic and continually updated. As additional evidence becomes available regarding the efficacy of PCI in specific clinical scenarios, there will be ongoing efforts to update the AUC to reflect this new evidence. This is highlighted by the first update to the AUC occurring less than 3 years after the original publication date [11].

In addition to perpetual review of the data used to inform scenario ratings, there are opportunities to improve measurement of the clinical variables that are considered in rating PCI appropriateness (eg, clinical presentation, symptom severity, ischemia severity, extent of medical therapy, extent of anatomic disease). For example, in the current AUC, symptom severity is dependent on clinician assessment using the Canadian Cardiovascular Society Classification [25]. Moving toward a patient-centered assessment of symptom severity would ensure that the AUC more closely reflect the patient-perceived symptom burden. Further, the use of a patient-centered instrument would reduce the possibility of physician manipulation of symptom severity to influence the apparent appropriateness of PCI. There are similar opportunities to improve reporting of noninvasive stress test data, such as through standardized reporting of ischemic risk. Finally, the use of physiologic assessments of stenosis severity (eg, fractional flow reserve) and quantitative coronary angiography to standardize interpretations of diagnostic angiography may further optimize the assessment of PCI appropriateness.

Application of the Appropriate Use Criteria in Clinical Practice—Study Results

CR2June2014_TableApplication of the AUC to clinical practice has highlighted potential overuse of PCI (Table). The first report came from applying the AUC to the National Cardiovascular Data Registry (NCDR) CathPCI Registry [26]. In this study of more than 500,000 PCIs from over 1000 facilities across the country, the authors found that PCIs performed in the acute setting (STEMI, NSTEMI, and high-risk unstable angina) were almost uniformly classified as appropriate. However, for nonacute (elective) PCI, application of the AUC resulted in the classification of 50% as appropriate, 38% as uncertain, and 12% as inappropriate. The majority of patients who received inappropriate PCI had a low-risk stress test (72%) or were asymptomatic (54%). Additionally, 96% of patients who received PCI classified as inappropriate had not been given a trial of adequate anti-anginal therapy. This analysis was supported by subsequent analyses of 2 other state-specific registries (New York and Washington), which found similar rates of PCI for nonacute indications rated as inappropriate [27,28]. Additionally, all 3 studies showed wide facility-level variation in the percentage of appropriate and inappropriate PCI for elective indications.

These studies also highlight a gap in preprocedural care. The anticipated benefit of elective PCI is related to patient symptom burden, adequacy of anti-anginal therapy, and ischemic risk as determined by noninvasive stress testing. However, 30% to 50% of patients undergo elective PCI without evidence of preprocedural stress testing. Attempts are being made to address this gap with the recent release of PCI performance measures [29]. These performance measures, intended for cardiac catheterization labs, include comprehensive documentation of the indication for PCI, which is central to determination of appropriateness. This integration of procedural indication into a performance measure marks the first such occurrence in cardiology.

As documentation of procedural indication and appropriateness have become part and parcel of assessing quality of care, concerns about “gaming” have become more pertinent. Providers who perform PCI could potentially enhance the appearance of appropriateness by overstating the clinical symptom burden or stress test findings. The incorporation of validated, patient-centered health status questionnaires along with data audit programs have been proposed as measures to prevent this type of abuse. Addressing quality gaps in preprocedural assessment and documentation is critical to optimizing use of elective PCI [28].

The apparent overuse of PCI for elective indications may be a reflection of our fragmented, fee-for-service health care delivery system. However, recent studies challenge these assumptions. In a Canadian study, Ko et al found that 18% of elective PCIs were classified as inappropriate, a proportion similar to what had been found previously in the United States [30]. In a US study of Medicare beneficiaries, Matlock and colleagues observed a fourfold regional variation in use of elective coronary angiography and PCI in both Medicare fee-for-service and capitated Medicare Advantage beneficiaries [31]. Collectively, these studies suggest barriers to optimal patient selection for invasive coronary procedures in both capitated and fee-for-service health care systems. Without addressing factors that contribute to variation in the absence of fee-for-service incentives, efforts to improve integration and reduce fee-for-service reimbursement may be inadequate to optimize PCI use.

Evaluating Underuse

While potential underuse of PCI has been described for acute indications [17–22], study of underuse of PCI for elective indications is more challenging. Population data on the effect of underuse of elective PCI on patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life is lacking.

A population-based study from Australia highlights the potential importance of underuse in the care of patients with stable coronary disease. This study assessed symptom burden among patients with chronic stable angina using the Seattle Angina Questionnaire and included patients cared for by 207 primary care practitioners [32]. The authors noted that there was considerable variation in patient symptom burden between practices, with 14% of practices having no patients with more than 1 episode of angina per week and 18% of clinics having more than half of enrolled patients with at least 1 episode of angina per week. The authors postulate that this variability may be due to differences among providers in the identification and management of angina, including using PCI to minimize symptom burden.

In the Ko study mentioned earlier, the AUC was used to examine potential underuse of coronary revascularization procedures. In this study, they analyzed the association between AUC ratings and outcomes in patients undergoing diagnostic coronary angiography [30]. Of patients considered “appropriate” for revascularization following completion of diagnostic angiography, only 69% underwent revascularization. However, the clinical aspects that influence the decision to proceed with revascularization may not be fully captured in this study. Thus, the true degree of underuse of PCI remains elusive.

In summary, the relative lack of data that would allow for the assessment of underuse of elective PCI is an important quality concern. Health systems should work to systematically capture patient-reported health status, including symptom burden data, to identify inadequate symptom control and potential underuse of procedural care for CAD.

Facilitating Optimal Use

CR2June2014_Figure3In current practice, the AUC hold promise to minimize the overuse of elective PCI. This likely involves addressing processes occurring upstream of the cardiac catheterization lab, including employing systems to ensure that procedures are avoided in patients who are unlikely to benefit (eg, asymptomatic, low ischemic burden) (Figure 3) [33]. Studying hospitals that already have low rates of inappropriate PCI may inform the design and dissemination of strategies that will help improve patient selection at hospitals with higher rates. Although professional organizations have developed tools intended to facilitate appropriateness evaluation at the point-of-care [34], the use of these tools are likely to be sporadic without greater integration into the health care delivery system. Further, these applications are currently limited to determination of appropriateness of PCI after completion of the diagnostic coronary angiogram. Identifying processes prior to catheterization that contribute to PCI appropriateness may also streamline appropriate ad hoc PCI, as the need to reassess appropriateness after the diagnostic angiogram may be mitigated.

Significant barriers exist to the application of the AUC for determination of procedural underuse. As described above, we lack adequate data to ascertain gaps in symptom management that could be mitigated by proper use of PCI. Further study of symptom burden in populations of patients with coronary artery disease is needed. This may help in the identification of patient populations whose symptom burden may warrant consideration of invasive coronary procedures, including coronary angiography and PCI.

Finally, it is important to note that the AUC are based on technical considerations, ie, practice guidelines and trial evidence. They do not take into consideration patient preferences. For example, PCI can be technically appropriate for the scenario but inappropriate for the individual if the procedure is not desired by the patient. Similarly, a procedure may be of uncertain benefit but appropriate if the patient desires more aggressive procedural care and has a full understanding of the risks and benefits. Currently, we fail to convey this information to patients, as evidenced by patients’ overestimation of the benefits of PCI [34]. As we continue to work toward optimal use of PCI, we must not only address the technical appropriateness of care, but move toward incorporating patient preferences through a robust process of shared decision-making.

 

Corresponding author: Preston M. Schneider, MD, VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, Cardiology Section (111B), 1055 Clermont St., Denver, CO 80220, Preston.Schneider@ucdenver.edu.

Funding/support: Dr. Schneider is supported by a T32 training grant from the National Institutes of Health (5T32HL00
7822-15). Dr. Bradley is supported by a Career Development Award (HSR&D-CDA2 10-199) from VA Health Services Research & Development.

Financial disclosures: None.

References

1. Cassel CK, Guest JA. Choosing wisely: helping physicians and patients make smart decisions about their care. JAMA 2012;307:1801–2.

2. Go AS, Mozaffarian D, Roger VL, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2013 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2013;127:e6–e245.

3. HCUPnet: A tool for identifying, tracking, and analyzing national hospital statistics. Accessed 22 Oct 2013 at http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov/HCUPnet.jsp?Parms=
H4sIAAAAAAAAABXBMQ6AIBAEwC9JAg.gsLAhRvjAnnuXgGihFb9XZwYe3EhLdpN2h2aIcsnQLCp9jQVbLDN3ksq
DnSeqVXzNfIAP9mtmLy0rZhdIAAAA83D0C2BCAE02DD1508408B2C5C094F1ADF6E788C&JS=Y.

4. Keeley EC, Boura JA, Grines CL. Primary angioplasty versus intravenous thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: a quantitative review of 23 randomised trials. Lancet 2003;361:13–20.

5. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Optimal medical therapy with or without PCI for stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1503–16.

6. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Impact of optimal medical therapy with or without percutaneous coronary intervention on long-term cardiovascular end points in patients with stable coronary artery disease (from the COURAGE Trial). Am J Cardiol 2009;104:1–4.

7. Stergiopoulos K, Brown DL. Initial coronary stent implantation with medical therapy vs medical therapy alone for stable coronary artery disease: Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:312–9.

8. McCullough PA, Adam A, Becker CR, et al. Epidemiology and prognostic implications of contrast-induced nephropathy. Contrast-Induc Nephrop Clin Insights Pract Guid Rep CIN Consens Work Panel 2006;98:5–13.

9. Roe MT, Messenger JC, Weintraub WS, et al. Treatments, trends, and outcomes of acute myocardial infarction and percutaneous coronary intervention. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010;56:254–63.

10. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC 2009 Appropriateness Criteria for Coronary Revascularization: A Report by the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriateness Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, and the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology Endorsed by the American Society of Echocardiography, the Heart Failure Society of America, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009;53:530–53.

11. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria for Coronary Revascularization Focused Update: A Report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriate Use Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, American Society of Nuclear Cardiology, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:857–81.

12. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org.

13. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care: Studies of surgical variation. Cardiac surgery report. 2005. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org/publications/reports.aspx.

14. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 1: the content, quality, and accessibility of care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:273–87.

15. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 2: health outcomes and satisfaction with care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:288–98.

16. Abelson R. Heart procedure is off the charts in an Ohio city. New York Times 2006. Accessed 23 Apr 2013 at www.nytimes.com/2006/08/18/business/18stent.html.

17. Akhter N, Milford-Beland S, Roe MT, et al. Gender differences among patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention in the American College of Cardiology-National Cardiovascular Data Registry (ACC-NCDR). Am Heart J 2009;157:141–8.

18. Blomkalns AL, Chen AY, Hochman JS, et al. Gender disparities in the diagnosis and treatment of non–ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromesLarge-scale observations from the CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Guidelines) National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;45:832–7.

19. Daly C, Clemens F, Lopez Sendon JL, et al. Gender differences in the management and clinical outcome of stable angina. Circulation 2006;113:490–8.

20. Groeneveld PW, Heidenreich PA, Garber AM. Racial disparity in cardiac procedures and mortality among long-term survivors of cardiac arrest. Circulation 2003;108:286–91.

21. Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Walford G, et al. Underutilization of percutaneous coronary intervention for ST-elevation myocardial infarction in Medicaid patients relative to private insurance patients. J Intervent Cardiol 2013;26:470–81.

22. Sonel AF, Good CB, Mulgund J, et al. Racial variations in treatment and outcomes of black and white patients with high-risk non–ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: insights From CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines?). Circulation 2005;111:1225–32.

23. Patel MR, Spertus JA, Brindis RG, et al. ACCF proposed method for evaluating the appropriateness of cardiovascular imaging. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;46:1606–13.

24. Levine GN, Bates ER, Blankenship JC, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/SCAI Guideline for percutaneous coronary intervention: executive summary: a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions. Circulation 2011;124:2574–609.

25. Campeau L. Letter: Grading of angina pectoris. Circulation 1976;54:522–3.

26. Chan PS, Patel MR, Klein LW, et al. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary intervention. JAMA 2011;306:53–61.

27. Hannan EL, Cozzens K, Samadashvili Z, et al. Appropriateness of coronary revascularization for patients without acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:1870–6.

28. Bradley SM, Maynard C, Bryson CL. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary interventions in Washington State. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012;5:445–53.

29. Nallamothu BK, Tommaso CL, Anderson HV, et al. ACC/AHA/SCAI/AMA–Convened PCPI/NCQA 2013 Performance measures for adults undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Performance Measures, the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, the American Medical Association–Convened Physician Consortium for Performance Improvement, and the National Committee for Quality Assurance. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014;63:722–45.

30. Ko DT, Guo H, Wijeysundera HC, et al. Assessing the association of appropriateness of coronary revascularization and clinical outcomes for patients with stable coronary artery disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:1876–84.

31. Matlock DD, Groeneveld PW, Sidney S, et al. Geographic variation in cardiovascular procedure use among medicare fee-for-service vs medicare advantage beneficiaries. JAMA 2013;310:155–62.

32. Beltrame JF, Weekes AJ, Morgan C, et al. The prevalence of weekly angina among patients with chronic stable angina in primary care practices: The coronary artery disease in general practice (cadence) study. Arch Intern Med 2009;169:1491–9.

33. Bradley SM, Spertus JA, Nallamothu BK, et al. The association between patient selection for diagnostic coronary angiography and hospital-level PCI appropriateness: Insights from the NCDR. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2013;6:A1. Accessed 20 Nov 2013 at http://circoutcomes.ahajournals.org/cgi/content/short/6/3_MeetingAbstracts/A1?rss=1.

34. Lee J, Chuu K, Spertus J, et al. Patients overestimate the potential benefits of elective percutaneous coronary intervention. Mo Med 2012;109:79.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - June 2014, VOL. 21, NO. 6
Publications
Topics
Sections

From the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and the Colorado Cardiovascular Outcomes Research Group, Denver and Aurora, CO.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the use of elective percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI), evaluate what is currently known about elective PCI in the context of appropriate use criteria, and offer insight into next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI to achieve high-quality care.
  • Methods: Review of the scientific literature, appropriate use criteria, and professional society guidelines relevant to elective PCI.
  • Results: Recent studies have demonstrated as many as 1 in 6 elective PCIs are inappropriate as determined by appropriate use criteria. These inappropriate PCIs are not anticipated to benefit patients and result in unnecessary patient risk and cost. While these studies are consistent with regard to overuse of elective PCI, less is known about potential underuse of PCI for elective indications. We lack health status data on populations of ischemic heart disease patients to inform PCI underuse that may contribute to patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life. Optimal use of PCI will be attained with longitudinal capture of patient-reported health status, study of factors contributing to overuse and underuse, refinement of the appropriate use criteria with particular focus on patient-centered measures, and incorporation of patient preference and shared decision making into appropriateness evaluation tools.
  • Conclusion: The use of elective PCI is less than optimal in current clinical practice. Continued effort is needed to ensure elective PCI is targeted to patients with anticipated benefit and use of the procedure is aligned with patient preferences.

 

Providing the right care to the right patient at the right time is essential to the practice of high-quality care. Reducing overuse of health care services is part of this equation, and initiatives to reduce inappropriate use and to encourage physicians and patients to “choose wisely” have been introduced [1]. One procedure that is being examined with a focus on appropriateness is percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI). This procedure is common (nearly 1 million inpatient PCI procedures performed in 2010), presents risks to the patient, and is expensive (attributable cost approximately $10 billion in 2010) [2,3]. While the clinical benefit of PCI in acute settings such as ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction is well established [4], the benefit of PCI in nonacute (elective) settings is less robust [5–7]. Prior studies have demonstrated PCI for stable ischemic heart disease does not result in mortality benefit [6]. Furthermore, PCI as an initial strategy for symptom relief of stable angina may offer little benefit relative to medications alone [5]. Given that PCI is common, costly, and associated with both short- and long-term risks [8,9], ensuring this therapy is provided to the right patient at the right time is important.

In 2009, appropriate use criteria (AUC) were developed by 6 professional organizations to support the rational and judicious use of PCI [10]; a focused update was published in 2012 [11]. In this review, we discuss the recommendations for appropriate use and their application and offer thoughts on next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI as part of high-quality care.

Variation in the Use of PCI

Since 1996, the Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care has documented substantial geographic variation in health care utilization and spending in the United States [12]. This variation includes a 10-fold difference in the use of PCI across geographic regions [13] (Figure 1). Several studies have suggested that much of this variation reflects overuse. For example, in a cohort study of patients with acute myocardial infarction, patients who lived in regions with lower health care expenditures were more likely to receive guideline-recommended medications at discharge, had similar access to follow-up care, reported similar functional health status and satisfaction with care, and had lower mortality than patients in high-expenditure regions [14,15]. These findings suggest overuse, as higher healthcare expenditures were not associated with better quality of care or patient outcomes.

Additionally, significant public attention has been focused on the issue of overuse after lay press investigations into community practice patterns. In particular, a case study presented in the New York Times highlighted the community of Elyria, Ohio, which was found to have a PCI rate that was 4 times the national average [16]. This investigation sparked public debate and further focused attention on the issue of overuse of elective PCI. Conversely, others have pointed to data that suggest underuse of coronary procedural care, particularly among women and racial and ethnic minorities [17–22].

Appropriate Use Criteria

Development Methodology

AUC for PCI, which were developed through the collaborative efforts of 6 major cardiovascular professional organizations, are intended to support the effective, efficient, and equitable use of PCI [10,11]. They were developed in response to a growing need to support rational use of cardiovascular procedures as part of high-quality care. The methods of development for the AUC have been described in detail in the criteria publications [10,11]. We briefly review these methods here.

In developing the criteria, a writing group created clinical scenarios for which coronary revascularization might be considered in everyday clinical practice [23] (Figure 2). These clinical scenarios were then presented to a 17-member technical panel, members of which were nominated by national cardiology societies. Technical panel members then rated the appropriateness of PCI for each scenario based on randomized trial data, clinical practice guidelines, and their expert opinion. For purposes of AUC development, appropriateness was defined as “when the expected benefits, in terms of survival or health outcomes (symptoms, functional status, and/or quality of life) exceed the expected negative consequences of the procedure [10].”

Panel members first individually assigned ratings to each clinical scenario that ranged from 1 (least appropriate) to 9 (most appropriate). This was followed by an in-person meeting in which technical panel members discussed scenarios for which there was wide variation in appropriateness assessment. After this meeting, technical panel members again assigned ratings for each scenario from 1 to 9. After this second round, the median values for the pooled ratings were used as the appropriateness classification for each scenario. Scenarios with median values of 1–3 were classified as “inappropriate,” 4–6 as “uncertain,” and 7–9 as “appropriate.” A rating of “appropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is considered generally acceptable and likely to improve health outcomes or survival. A rating of “uncertain” represented clinical scenarios where the indication may be reasonable but more research is necessary to further understand the relative benefits and risks of PCI in this setting. Finally, a rating of “inappropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is not generally acceptable as it is unlikely to improve health outcomes or survival.

The approach used for AUC development appears to be valid, as Class III indications for PCI in the ACC/AHA clinical guideline [24] (Class III = PCI should NOT be performed since it is not helpful and may be harmful) and AUC scenarios rated as inappropriate are in 100% agreement (personal communication, Ralph Brindis, past president of the American College of Cardiology).

Application

It is important to remember that the AUC are intended to aid in patient selection and are not absolute. Unique clinical factors and patient preference cannot feasibly be captured by the AUC scenarios. It should also be noted that the intent of the AUC is not to be punitive but rather to identify and assess variation in practice patterns. To reflect this intent, the terminology applied to appropriateness ratings has recently changed. Clinical scenarios previously classified as “inappropriate” are now termed “rarely appropriate” and clinical scenarios classified as “uncertain” are now termed “may be appropriate.”

Although the AUC were developed to help evaluate practice patterns of care delivery and serve as guides for clinical decision making, they were not intended to serve as mandates for or against treatment in individual patients or to be tied to reimbursement for individual patients. Despite this, health care organizations and payors have used other AUC documents for incentive pay and prior authorization programs, specifically for cardiovascular imaging [25]. Use of the AUC in this manner may still be reasonable if application and measurement is at the level of the practice, rather than the individual patient, but much remains to be understood about the implications of applying AUC in reimbursement
decisions.

Refinement

The AUC for PCI are designed to be dynamic and continually updated. As additional evidence becomes available regarding the efficacy of PCI in specific clinical scenarios, there will be ongoing efforts to update the AUC to reflect this new evidence. This is highlighted by the first update to the AUC occurring less than 3 years after the original publication date [11].

In addition to perpetual review of the data used to inform scenario ratings, there are opportunities to improve measurement of the clinical variables that are considered in rating PCI appropriateness (eg, clinical presentation, symptom severity, ischemia severity, extent of medical therapy, extent of anatomic disease). For example, in the current AUC, symptom severity is dependent on clinician assessment using the Canadian Cardiovascular Society Classification [25]. Moving toward a patient-centered assessment of symptom severity would ensure that the AUC more closely reflect the patient-perceived symptom burden. Further, the use of a patient-centered instrument would reduce the possibility of physician manipulation of symptom severity to influence the apparent appropriateness of PCI. There are similar opportunities to improve reporting of noninvasive stress test data, such as through standardized reporting of ischemic risk. Finally, the use of physiologic assessments of stenosis severity (eg, fractional flow reserve) and quantitative coronary angiography to standardize interpretations of diagnostic angiography may further optimize the assessment of PCI appropriateness.

Application of the Appropriate Use Criteria in Clinical Practice—Study Results

CR2June2014_TableApplication of the AUC to clinical practice has highlighted potential overuse of PCI (Table). The first report came from applying the AUC to the National Cardiovascular Data Registry (NCDR) CathPCI Registry [26]. In this study of more than 500,000 PCIs from over 1000 facilities across the country, the authors found that PCIs performed in the acute setting (STEMI, NSTEMI, and high-risk unstable angina) were almost uniformly classified as appropriate. However, for nonacute (elective) PCI, application of the AUC resulted in the classification of 50% as appropriate, 38% as uncertain, and 12% as inappropriate. The majority of patients who received inappropriate PCI had a low-risk stress test (72%) or were asymptomatic (54%). Additionally, 96% of patients who received PCI classified as inappropriate had not been given a trial of adequate anti-anginal therapy. This analysis was supported by subsequent analyses of 2 other state-specific registries (New York and Washington), which found similar rates of PCI for nonacute indications rated as inappropriate [27,28]. Additionally, all 3 studies showed wide facility-level variation in the percentage of appropriate and inappropriate PCI for elective indications.

These studies also highlight a gap in preprocedural care. The anticipated benefit of elective PCI is related to patient symptom burden, adequacy of anti-anginal therapy, and ischemic risk as determined by noninvasive stress testing. However, 30% to 50% of patients undergo elective PCI without evidence of preprocedural stress testing. Attempts are being made to address this gap with the recent release of PCI performance measures [29]. These performance measures, intended for cardiac catheterization labs, include comprehensive documentation of the indication for PCI, which is central to determination of appropriateness. This integration of procedural indication into a performance measure marks the first such occurrence in cardiology.

As documentation of procedural indication and appropriateness have become part and parcel of assessing quality of care, concerns about “gaming” have become more pertinent. Providers who perform PCI could potentially enhance the appearance of appropriateness by overstating the clinical symptom burden or stress test findings. The incorporation of validated, patient-centered health status questionnaires along with data audit programs have been proposed as measures to prevent this type of abuse. Addressing quality gaps in preprocedural assessment and documentation is critical to optimizing use of elective PCI [28].

The apparent overuse of PCI for elective indications may be a reflection of our fragmented, fee-for-service health care delivery system. However, recent studies challenge these assumptions. In a Canadian study, Ko et al found that 18% of elective PCIs were classified as inappropriate, a proportion similar to what had been found previously in the United States [30]. In a US study of Medicare beneficiaries, Matlock and colleagues observed a fourfold regional variation in use of elective coronary angiography and PCI in both Medicare fee-for-service and capitated Medicare Advantage beneficiaries [31]. Collectively, these studies suggest barriers to optimal patient selection for invasive coronary procedures in both capitated and fee-for-service health care systems. Without addressing factors that contribute to variation in the absence of fee-for-service incentives, efforts to improve integration and reduce fee-for-service reimbursement may be inadequate to optimize PCI use.

Evaluating Underuse

While potential underuse of PCI has been described for acute indications [17–22], study of underuse of PCI for elective indications is more challenging. Population data on the effect of underuse of elective PCI on patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life is lacking.

A population-based study from Australia highlights the potential importance of underuse in the care of patients with stable coronary disease. This study assessed symptom burden among patients with chronic stable angina using the Seattle Angina Questionnaire and included patients cared for by 207 primary care practitioners [32]. The authors noted that there was considerable variation in patient symptom burden between practices, with 14% of practices having no patients with more than 1 episode of angina per week and 18% of clinics having more than half of enrolled patients with at least 1 episode of angina per week. The authors postulate that this variability may be due to differences among providers in the identification and management of angina, including using PCI to minimize symptom burden.

In the Ko study mentioned earlier, the AUC was used to examine potential underuse of coronary revascularization procedures. In this study, they analyzed the association between AUC ratings and outcomes in patients undergoing diagnostic coronary angiography [30]. Of patients considered “appropriate” for revascularization following completion of diagnostic angiography, only 69% underwent revascularization. However, the clinical aspects that influence the decision to proceed with revascularization may not be fully captured in this study. Thus, the true degree of underuse of PCI remains elusive.

In summary, the relative lack of data that would allow for the assessment of underuse of elective PCI is an important quality concern. Health systems should work to systematically capture patient-reported health status, including symptom burden data, to identify inadequate symptom control and potential underuse of procedural care for CAD.

Facilitating Optimal Use

CR2June2014_Figure3In current practice, the AUC hold promise to minimize the overuse of elective PCI. This likely involves addressing processes occurring upstream of the cardiac catheterization lab, including employing systems to ensure that procedures are avoided in patients who are unlikely to benefit (eg, asymptomatic, low ischemic burden) (Figure 3) [33]. Studying hospitals that already have low rates of inappropriate PCI may inform the design and dissemination of strategies that will help improve patient selection at hospitals with higher rates. Although professional organizations have developed tools intended to facilitate appropriateness evaluation at the point-of-care [34], the use of these tools are likely to be sporadic without greater integration into the health care delivery system. Further, these applications are currently limited to determination of appropriateness of PCI after completion of the diagnostic coronary angiogram. Identifying processes prior to catheterization that contribute to PCI appropriateness may also streamline appropriate ad hoc PCI, as the need to reassess appropriateness after the diagnostic angiogram may be mitigated.

Significant barriers exist to the application of the AUC for determination of procedural underuse. As described above, we lack adequate data to ascertain gaps in symptom management that could be mitigated by proper use of PCI. Further study of symptom burden in populations of patients with coronary artery disease is needed. This may help in the identification of patient populations whose symptom burden may warrant consideration of invasive coronary procedures, including coronary angiography and PCI.

Finally, it is important to note that the AUC are based on technical considerations, ie, practice guidelines and trial evidence. They do not take into consideration patient preferences. For example, PCI can be technically appropriate for the scenario but inappropriate for the individual if the procedure is not desired by the patient. Similarly, a procedure may be of uncertain benefit but appropriate if the patient desires more aggressive procedural care and has a full understanding of the risks and benefits. Currently, we fail to convey this information to patients, as evidenced by patients’ overestimation of the benefits of PCI [34]. As we continue to work toward optimal use of PCI, we must not only address the technical appropriateness of care, but move toward incorporating patient preferences through a robust process of shared decision-making.

 

Corresponding author: Preston M. Schneider, MD, VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, Cardiology Section (111B), 1055 Clermont St., Denver, CO 80220, Preston.Schneider@ucdenver.edu.

Funding/support: Dr. Schneider is supported by a T32 training grant from the National Institutes of Health (5T32HL00
7822-15). Dr. Bradley is supported by a Career Development Award (HSR&D-CDA2 10-199) from VA Health Services Research & Development.

Financial disclosures: None.

From the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and the Colorado Cardiovascular Outcomes Research Group, Denver and Aurora, CO.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the use of elective percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI), evaluate what is currently known about elective PCI in the context of appropriate use criteria, and offer insight into next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI to achieve high-quality care.
  • Methods: Review of the scientific literature, appropriate use criteria, and professional society guidelines relevant to elective PCI.
  • Results: Recent studies have demonstrated as many as 1 in 6 elective PCIs are inappropriate as determined by appropriate use criteria. These inappropriate PCIs are not anticipated to benefit patients and result in unnecessary patient risk and cost. While these studies are consistent with regard to overuse of elective PCI, less is known about potential underuse of PCI for elective indications. We lack health status data on populations of ischemic heart disease patients to inform PCI underuse that may contribute to patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life. Optimal use of PCI will be attained with longitudinal capture of patient-reported health status, study of factors contributing to overuse and underuse, refinement of the appropriate use criteria with particular focus on patient-centered measures, and incorporation of patient preference and shared decision making into appropriateness evaluation tools.
  • Conclusion: The use of elective PCI is less than optimal in current clinical practice. Continued effort is needed to ensure elective PCI is targeted to patients with anticipated benefit and use of the procedure is aligned with patient preferences.

 

Providing the right care to the right patient at the right time is essential to the practice of high-quality care. Reducing overuse of health care services is part of this equation, and initiatives to reduce inappropriate use and to encourage physicians and patients to “choose wisely” have been introduced [1]. One procedure that is being examined with a focus on appropriateness is percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI). This procedure is common (nearly 1 million inpatient PCI procedures performed in 2010), presents risks to the patient, and is expensive (attributable cost approximately $10 billion in 2010) [2,3]. While the clinical benefit of PCI in acute settings such as ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction is well established [4], the benefit of PCI in nonacute (elective) settings is less robust [5–7]. Prior studies have demonstrated PCI for stable ischemic heart disease does not result in mortality benefit [6]. Furthermore, PCI as an initial strategy for symptom relief of stable angina may offer little benefit relative to medications alone [5]. Given that PCI is common, costly, and associated with both short- and long-term risks [8,9], ensuring this therapy is provided to the right patient at the right time is important.

In 2009, appropriate use criteria (AUC) were developed by 6 professional organizations to support the rational and judicious use of PCI [10]; a focused update was published in 2012 [11]. In this review, we discuss the recommendations for appropriate use and their application and offer thoughts on next steps to optimize the use of elective PCI as part of high-quality care.

Variation in the Use of PCI

Since 1996, the Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care has documented substantial geographic variation in health care utilization and spending in the United States [12]. This variation includes a 10-fold difference in the use of PCI across geographic regions [13] (Figure 1). Several studies have suggested that much of this variation reflects overuse. For example, in a cohort study of patients with acute myocardial infarction, patients who lived in regions with lower health care expenditures were more likely to receive guideline-recommended medications at discharge, had similar access to follow-up care, reported similar functional health status and satisfaction with care, and had lower mortality than patients in high-expenditure regions [14,15]. These findings suggest overuse, as higher healthcare expenditures were not associated with better quality of care or patient outcomes.

Additionally, significant public attention has been focused on the issue of overuse after lay press investigations into community practice patterns. In particular, a case study presented in the New York Times highlighted the community of Elyria, Ohio, which was found to have a PCI rate that was 4 times the national average [16]. This investigation sparked public debate and further focused attention on the issue of overuse of elective PCI. Conversely, others have pointed to data that suggest underuse of coronary procedural care, particularly among women and racial and ethnic minorities [17–22].

Appropriate Use Criteria

Development Methodology

AUC for PCI, which were developed through the collaborative efforts of 6 major cardiovascular professional organizations, are intended to support the effective, efficient, and equitable use of PCI [10,11]. They were developed in response to a growing need to support rational use of cardiovascular procedures as part of high-quality care. The methods of development for the AUC have been described in detail in the criteria publications [10,11]. We briefly review these methods here.

In developing the criteria, a writing group created clinical scenarios for which coronary revascularization might be considered in everyday clinical practice [23] (Figure 2). These clinical scenarios were then presented to a 17-member technical panel, members of which were nominated by national cardiology societies. Technical panel members then rated the appropriateness of PCI for each scenario based on randomized trial data, clinical practice guidelines, and their expert opinion. For purposes of AUC development, appropriateness was defined as “when the expected benefits, in terms of survival or health outcomes (symptoms, functional status, and/or quality of life) exceed the expected negative consequences of the procedure [10].”

Panel members first individually assigned ratings to each clinical scenario that ranged from 1 (least appropriate) to 9 (most appropriate). This was followed by an in-person meeting in which technical panel members discussed scenarios for which there was wide variation in appropriateness assessment. After this meeting, technical panel members again assigned ratings for each scenario from 1 to 9. After this second round, the median values for the pooled ratings were used as the appropriateness classification for each scenario. Scenarios with median values of 1–3 were classified as “inappropriate,” 4–6 as “uncertain,” and 7–9 as “appropriate.” A rating of “appropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is considered generally acceptable and likely to improve health outcomes or survival. A rating of “uncertain” represented clinical scenarios where the indication may be reasonable but more research is necessary to further understand the relative benefits and risks of PCI in this setting. Finally, a rating of “inappropriate” represented clinical scenarios in which the indication is not generally acceptable as it is unlikely to improve health outcomes or survival.

The approach used for AUC development appears to be valid, as Class III indications for PCI in the ACC/AHA clinical guideline [24] (Class III = PCI should NOT be performed since it is not helpful and may be harmful) and AUC scenarios rated as inappropriate are in 100% agreement (personal communication, Ralph Brindis, past president of the American College of Cardiology).

Application

It is important to remember that the AUC are intended to aid in patient selection and are not absolute. Unique clinical factors and patient preference cannot feasibly be captured by the AUC scenarios. It should also be noted that the intent of the AUC is not to be punitive but rather to identify and assess variation in practice patterns. To reflect this intent, the terminology applied to appropriateness ratings has recently changed. Clinical scenarios previously classified as “inappropriate” are now termed “rarely appropriate” and clinical scenarios classified as “uncertain” are now termed “may be appropriate.”

Although the AUC were developed to help evaluate practice patterns of care delivery and serve as guides for clinical decision making, they were not intended to serve as mandates for or against treatment in individual patients or to be tied to reimbursement for individual patients. Despite this, health care organizations and payors have used other AUC documents for incentive pay and prior authorization programs, specifically for cardiovascular imaging [25]. Use of the AUC in this manner may still be reasonable if application and measurement is at the level of the practice, rather than the individual patient, but much remains to be understood about the implications of applying AUC in reimbursement
decisions.

Refinement

The AUC for PCI are designed to be dynamic and continually updated. As additional evidence becomes available regarding the efficacy of PCI in specific clinical scenarios, there will be ongoing efforts to update the AUC to reflect this new evidence. This is highlighted by the first update to the AUC occurring less than 3 years after the original publication date [11].

In addition to perpetual review of the data used to inform scenario ratings, there are opportunities to improve measurement of the clinical variables that are considered in rating PCI appropriateness (eg, clinical presentation, symptom severity, ischemia severity, extent of medical therapy, extent of anatomic disease). For example, in the current AUC, symptom severity is dependent on clinician assessment using the Canadian Cardiovascular Society Classification [25]. Moving toward a patient-centered assessment of symptom severity would ensure that the AUC more closely reflect the patient-perceived symptom burden. Further, the use of a patient-centered instrument would reduce the possibility of physician manipulation of symptom severity to influence the apparent appropriateness of PCI. There are similar opportunities to improve reporting of noninvasive stress test data, such as through standardized reporting of ischemic risk. Finally, the use of physiologic assessments of stenosis severity (eg, fractional flow reserve) and quantitative coronary angiography to standardize interpretations of diagnostic angiography may further optimize the assessment of PCI appropriateness.

Application of the Appropriate Use Criteria in Clinical Practice—Study Results

CR2June2014_TableApplication of the AUC to clinical practice has highlighted potential overuse of PCI (Table). The first report came from applying the AUC to the National Cardiovascular Data Registry (NCDR) CathPCI Registry [26]. In this study of more than 500,000 PCIs from over 1000 facilities across the country, the authors found that PCIs performed in the acute setting (STEMI, NSTEMI, and high-risk unstable angina) were almost uniformly classified as appropriate. However, for nonacute (elective) PCI, application of the AUC resulted in the classification of 50% as appropriate, 38% as uncertain, and 12% as inappropriate. The majority of patients who received inappropriate PCI had a low-risk stress test (72%) or were asymptomatic (54%). Additionally, 96% of patients who received PCI classified as inappropriate had not been given a trial of adequate anti-anginal therapy. This analysis was supported by subsequent analyses of 2 other state-specific registries (New York and Washington), which found similar rates of PCI for nonacute indications rated as inappropriate [27,28]. Additionally, all 3 studies showed wide facility-level variation in the percentage of appropriate and inappropriate PCI for elective indications.

These studies also highlight a gap in preprocedural care. The anticipated benefit of elective PCI is related to patient symptom burden, adequacy of anti-anginal therapy, and ischemic risk as determined by noninvasive stress testing. However, 30% to 50% of patients undergo elective PCI without evidence of preprocedural stress testing. Attempts are being made to address this gap with the recent release of PCI performance measures [29]. These performance measures, intended for cardiac catheterization labs, include comprehensive documentation of the indication for PCI, which is central to determination of appropriateness. This integration of procedural indication into a performance measure marks the first such occurrence in cardiology.

As documentation of procedural indication and appropriateness have become part and parcel of assessing quality of care, concerns about “gaming” have become more pertinent. Providers who perform PCI could potentially enhance the appearance of appropriateness by overstating the clinical symptom burden or stress test findings. The incorporation of validated, patient-centered health status questionnaires along with data audit programs have been proposed as measures to prevent this type of abuse. Addressing quality gaps in preprocedural assessment and documentation is critical to optimizing use of elective PCI [28].

The apparent overuse of PCI for elective indications may be a reflection of our fragmented, fee-for-service health care delivery system. However, recent studies challenge these assumptions. In a Canadian study, Ko et al found that 18% of elective PCIs were classified as inappropriate, a proportion similar to what had been found previously in the United States [30]. In a US study of Medicare beneficiaries, Matlock and colleagues observed a fourfold regional variation in use of elective coronary angiography and PCI in both Medicare fee-for-service and capitated Medicare Advantage beneficiaries [31]. Collectively, these studies suggest barriers to optimal patient selection for invasive coronary procedures in both capitated and fee-for-service health care systems. Without addressing factors that contribute to variation in the absence of fee-for-service incentives, efforts to improve integration and reduce fee-for-service reimbursement may be inadequate to optimize PCI use.

Evaluating Underuse

While potential underuse of PCI has been described for acute indications [17–22], study of underuse of PCI for elective indications is more challenging. Population data on the effect of underuse of elective PCI on patient symptom burden, functional status, and quality of life is lacking.

A population-based study from Australia highlights the potential importance of underuse in the care of patients with stable coronary disease. This study assessed symptom burden among patients with chronic stable angina using the Seattle Angina Questionnaire and included patients cared for by 207 primary care practitioners [32]. The authors noted that there was considerable variation in patient symptom burden between practices, with 14% of practices having no patients with more than 1 episode of angina per week and 18% of clinics having more than half of enrolled patients with at least 1 episode of angina per week. The authors postulate that this variability may be due to differences among providers in the identification and management of angina, including using PCI to minimize symptom burden.

In the Ko study mentioned earlier, the AUC was used to examine potential underuse of coronary revascularization procedures. In this study, they analyzed the association between AUC ratings and outcomes in patients undergoing diagnostic coronary angiography [30]. Of patients considered “appropriate” for revascularization following completion of diagnostic angiography, only 69% underwent revascularization. However, the clinical aspects that influence the decision to proceed with revascularization may not be fully captured in this study. Thus, the true degree of underuse of PCI remains elusive.

In summary, the relative lack of data that would allow for the assessment of underuse of elective PCI is an important quality concern. Health systems should work to systematically capture patient-reported health status, including symptom burden data, to identify inadequate symptom control and potential underuse of procedural care for CAD.

Facilitating Optimal Use

CR2June2014_Figure3In current practice, the AUC hold promise to minimize the overuse of elective PCI. This likely involves addressing processes occurring upstream of the cardiac catheterization lab, including employing systems to ensure that procedures are avoided in patients who are unlikely to benefit (eg, asymptomatic, low ischemic burden) (Figure 3) [33]. Studying hospitals that already have low rates of inappropriate PCI may inform the design and dissemination of strategies that will help improve patient selection at hospitals with higher rates. Although professional organizations have developed tools intended to facilitate appropriateness evaluation at the point-of-care [34], the use of these tools are likely to be sporadic without greater integration into the health care delivery system. Further, these applications are currently limited to determination of appropriateness of PCI after completion of the diagnostic coronary angiogram. Identifying processes prior to catheterization that contribute to PCI appropriateness may also streamline appropriate ad hoc PCI, as the need to reassess appropriateness after the diagnostic angiogram may be mitigated.

Significant barriers exist to the application of the AUC for determination of procedural underuse. As described above, we lack adequate data to ascertain gaps in symptom management that could be mitigated by proper use of PCI. Further study of symptom burden in populations of patients with coronary artery disease is needed. This may help in the identification of patient populations whose symptom burden may warrant consideration of invasive coronary procedures, including coronary angiography and PCI.

Finally, it is important to note that the AUC are based on technical considerations, ie, practice guidelines and trial evidence. They do not take into consideration patient preferences. For example, PCI can be technically appropriate for the scenario but inappropriate for the individual if the procedure is not desired by the patient. Similarly, a procedure may be of uncertain benefit but appropriate if the patient desires more aggressive procedural care and has a full understanding of the risks and benefits. Currently, we fail to convey this information to patients, as evidenced by patients’ overestimation of the benefits of PCI [34]. As we continue to work toward optimal use of PCI, we must not only address the technical appropriateness of care, but move toward incorporating patient preferences through a robust process of shared decision-making.

 

Corresponding author: Preston M. Schneider, MD, VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System, Cardiology Section (111B), 1055 Clermont St., Denver, CO 80220, Preston.Schneider@ucdenver.edu.

Funding/support: Dr. Schneider is supported by a T32 training grant from the National Institutes of Health (5T32HL00
7822-15). Dr. Bradley is supported by a Career Development Award (HSR&D-CDA2 10-199) from VA Health Services Research & Development.

Financial disclosures: None.

References

1. Cassel CK, Guest JA. Choosing wisely: helping physicians and patients make smart decisions about their care. JAMA 2012;307:1801–2.

2. Go AS, Mozaffarian D, Roger VL, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2013 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2013;127:e6–e245.

3. HCUPnet: A tool for identifying, tracking, and analyzing national hospital statistics. Accessed 22 Oct 2013 at http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov/HCUPnet.jsp?Parms=
H4sIAAAAAAAAABXBMQ6AIBAEwC9JAg.gsLAhRvjAnnuXgGihFb9XZwYe3EhLdpN2h2aIcsnQLCp9jQVbLDN3ksq
DnSeqVXzNfIAP9mtmLy0rZhdIAAAA83D0C2BCAE02DD1508408B2C5C094F1ADF6E788C&JS=Y.

4. Keeley EC, Boura JA, Grines CL. Primary angioplasty versus intravenous thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: a quantitative review of 23 randomised trials. Lancet 2003;361:13–20.

5. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Optimal medical therapy with or without PCI for stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1503–16.

6. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Impact of optimal medical therapy with or without percutaneous coronary intervention on long-term cardiovascular end points in patients with stable coronary artery disease (from the COURAGE Trial). Am J Cardiol 2009;104:1–4.

7. Stergiopoulos K, Brown DL. Initial coronary stent implantation with medical therapy vs medical therapy alone for stable coronary artery disease: Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:312–9.

8. McCullough PA, Adam A, Becker CR, et al. Epidemiology and prognostic implications of contrast-induced nephropathy. Contrast-Induc Nephrop Clin Insights Pract Guid Rep CIN Consens Work Panel 2006;98:5–13.

9. Roe MT, Messenger JC, Weintraub WS, et al. Treatments, trends, and outcomes of acute myocardial infarction and percutaneous coronary intervention. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010;56:254–63.

10. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC 2009 Appropriateness Criteria for Coronary Revascularization: A Report by the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriateness Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, and the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology Endorsed by the American Society of Echocardiography, the Heart Failure Society of America, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009;53:530–53.

11. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria for Coronary Revascularization Focused Update: A Report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriate Use Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, American Society of Nuclear Cardiology, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:857–81.

12. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org.

13. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care: Studies of surgical variation. Cardiac surgery report. 2005. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org/publications/reports.aspx.

14. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 1: the content, quality, and accessibility of care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:273–87.

15. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 2: health outcomes and satisfaction with care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:288–98.

16. Abelson R. Heart procedure is off the charts in an Ohio city. New York Times 2006. Accessed 23 Apr 2013 at www.nytimes.com/2006/08/18/business/18stent.html.

17. Akhter N, Milford-Beland S, Roe MT, et al. Gender differences among patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention in the American College of Cardiology-National Cardiovascular Data Registry (ACC-NCDR). Am Heart J 2009;157:141–8.

18. Blomkalns AL, Chen AY, Hochman JS, et al. Gender disparities in the diagnosis and treatment of non–ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromesLarge-scale observations from the CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Guidelines) National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;45:832–7.

19. Daly C, Clemens F, Lopez Sendon JL, et al. Gender differences in the management and clinical outcome of stable angina. Circulation 2006;113:490–8.

20. Groeneveld PW, Heidenreich PA, Garber AM. Racial disparity in cardiac procedures and mortality among long-term survivors of cardiac arrest. Circulation 2003;108:286–91.

21. Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Walford G, et al. Underutilization of percutaneous coronary intervention for ST-elevation myocardial infarction in Medicaid patients relative to private insurance patients. J Intervent Cardiol 2013;26:470–81.

22. Sonel AF, Good CB, Mulgund J, et al. Racial variations in treatment and outcomes of black and white patients with high-risk non–ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: insights From CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines?). Circulation 2005;111:1225–32.

23. Patel MR, Spertus JA, Brindis RG, et al. ACCF proposed method for evaluating the appropriateness of cardiovascular imaging. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;46:1606–13.

24. Levine GN, Bates ER, Blankenship JC, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/SCAI Guideline for percutaneous coronary intervention: executive summary: a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions. Circulation 2011;124:2574–609.

25. Campeau L. Letter: Grading of angina pectoris. Circulation 1976;54:522–3.

26. Chan PS, Patel MR, Klein LW, et al. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary intervention. JAMA 2011;306:53–61.

27. Hannan EL, Cozzens K, Samadashvili Z, et al. Appropriateness of coronary revascularization for patients without acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:1870–6.

28. Bradley SM, Maynard C, Bryson CL. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary interventions in Washington State. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012;5:445–53.

29. Nallamothu BK, Tommaso CL, Anderson HV, et al. ACC/AHA/SCAI/AMA–Convened PCPI/NCQA 2013 Performance measures for adults undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Performance Measures, the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, the American Medical Association–Convened Physician Consortium for Performance Improvement, and the National Committee for Quality Assurance. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014;63:722–45.

30. Ko DT, Guo H, Wijeysundera HC, et al. Assessing the association of appropriateness of coronary revascularization and clinical outcomes for patients with stable coronary artery disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:1876–84.

31. Matlock DD, Groeneveld PW, Sidney S, et al. Geographic variation in cardiovascular procedure use among medicare fee-for-service vs medicare advantage beneficiaries. JAMA 2013;310:155–62.

32. Beltrame JF, Weekes AJ, Morgan C, et al. The prevalence of weekly angina among patients with chronic stable angina in primary care practices: The coronary artery disease in general practice (cadence) study. Arch Intern Med 2009;169:1491–9.

33. Bradley SM, Spertus JA, Nallamothu BK, et al. The association between patient selection for diagnostic coronary angiography and hospital-level PCI appropriateness: Insights from the NCDR. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2013;6:A1. Accessed 20 Nov 2013 at http://circoutcomes.ahajournals.org/cgi/content/short/6/3_MeetingAbstracts/A1?rss=1.

34. Lee J, Chuu K, Spertus J, et al. Patients overestimate the potential benefits of elective percutaneous coronary intervention. Mo Med 2012;109:79.

References

1. Cassel CK, Guest JA. Choosing wisely: helping physicians and patients make smart decisions about their care. JAMA 2012;307:1801–2.

2. Go AS, Mozaffarian D, Roger VL, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2013 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2013;127:e6–e245.

3. HCUPnet: A tool for identifying, tracking, and analyzing national hospital statistics. Accessed 22 Oct 2013 at http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov/HCUPnet.jsp?Parms=
H4sIAAAAAAAAABXBMQ6AIBAEwC9JAg.gsLAhRvjAnnuXgGihFb9XZwYe3EhLdpN2h2aIcsnQLCp9jQVbLDN3ksq
DnSeqVXzNfIAP9mtmLy0rZhdIAAAA83D0C2BCAE02DD1508408B2C5C094F1ADF6E788C&JS=Y.

4. Keeley EC, Boura JA, Grines CL. Primary angioplasty versus intravenous thrombolytic therapy for acute myocardial infarction: a quantitative review of 23 randomised trials. Lancet 2003;361:13–20.

5. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Optimal medical therapy with or without PCI for stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1503–16.

6. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, et al. Impact of optimal medical therapy with or without percutaneous coronary intervention on long-term cardiovascular end points in patients with stable coronary artery disease (from the COURAGE Trial). Am J Cardiol 2009;104:1–4.

7. Stergiopoulos K, Brown DL. Initial coronary stent implantation with medical therapy vs medical therapy alone for stable coronary artery disease: Meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:312–9.

8. McCullough PA, Adam A, Becker CR, et al. Epidemiology and prognostic implications of contrast-induced nephropathy. Contrast-Induc Nephrop Clin Insights Pract Guid Rep CIN Consens Work Panel 2006;98:5–13.

9. Roe MT, Messenger JC, Weintraub WS, et al. Treatments, trends, and outcomes of acute myocardial infarction and percutaneous coronary intervention. J Am Coll Cardiol 2010;56:254–63.

10. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC 2009 Appropriateness Criteria for Coronary Revascularization: A Report by the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriateness Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, and the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology Endorsed by the American Society of Echocardiography, the Heart Failure Society of America, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009;53:530–53.

11. Patel MR, Dehmer GJ, Hirshfeld JW, et al. ACCF/SCAI/STS/AATS/AHA/ASNC/HFSA/SCCT 2012 Appropriate Use Criteria for Coronary Revascularization Focused Update: A Report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation Appropriate Use Criteria Task Force, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, Society of Thoracic Surgeons, American Association for Thoracic Surgery, American Heart Association, American Society of Nuclear Cardiology, and the Society of Cardiovascular Computed Tomography. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:857–81.

12. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org.

13. Dartmouth Atlas of Health Care: Studies of surgical variation. Cardiac surgery report. 2005. Accessed 8 Jan 2014 at www.dartmouthatlas.org/publications/reports.aspx.

14. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 1: the content, quality, and accessibility of care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:273–87.

15. Fisher ES, Wennberg DE, Stukel TA, et al. The implications of regional variations in medicare spending. part 2: health outcomes and satisfaction with care. Ann Intern Med 2003;138:288–98.

16. Abelson R. Heart procedure is off the charts in an Ohio city. New York Times 2006. Accessed 23 Apr 2013 at www.nytimes.com/2006/08/18/business/18stent.html.

17. Akhter N, Milford-Beland S, Roe MT, et al. Gender differences among patients with acute coronary syndromes undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention in the American College of Cardiology-National Cardiovascular Data Registry (ACC-NCDR). Am Heart J 2009;157:141–8.

18. Blomkalns AL, Chen AY, Hochman JS, et al. Gender disparities in the diagnosis and treatment of non–ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromesLarge-scale observations from the CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Guidelines) National Quality Improvement Initiative. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;45:832–7.

19. Daly C, Clemens F, Lopez Sendon JL, et al. Gender differences in the management and clinical outcome of stable angina. Circulation 2006;113:490–8.

20. Groeneveld PW, Heidenreich PA, Garber AM. Racial disparity in cardiac procedures and mortality among long-term survivors of cardiac arrest. Circulation 2003;108:286–91.

21. Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Walford G, et al. Underutilization of percutaneous coronary intervention for ST-elevation myocardial infarction in Medicaid patients relative to private insurance patients. J Intervent Cardiol 2013;26:470–81.

22. Sonel AF, Good CB, Mulgund J, et al. Racial variations in treatment and outcomes of black and white patients with high-risk non–ST-elevation acute coronary syndromes: insights From CRUSADE (Can Rapid Risk Stratification of Unstable Angina Patients Suppress Adverse Outcomes With Early Implementation of the ACC/AHA Guidelines?). Circulation 2005;111:1225–32.

23. Patel MR, Spertus JA, Brindis RG, et al. ACCF proposed method for evaluating the appropriateness of cardiovascular imaging. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;46:1606–13.

24. Levine GN, Bates ER, Blankenship JC, et al. 2011 ACCF/AHA/SCAI Guideline for percutaneous coronary intervention: executive summary: a report of the American College of Cardiology Foundation/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions. Circulation 2011;124:2574–609.

25. Campeau L. Letter: Grading of angina pectoris. Circulation 1976;54:522–3.

26. Chan PS, Patel MR, Klein LW, et al. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary intervention. JAMA 2011;306:53–61.

27. Hannan EL, Cozzens K, Samadashvili Z, et al. Appropriateness of coronary revascularization for patients without acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;59:1870–6.

28. Bradley SM, Maynard C, Bryson CL. Appropriateness of percutaneous coronary interventions in Washington State. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2012;5:445–53.

29. Nallamothu BK, Tommaso CL, Anderson HV, et al. ACC/AHA/SCAI/AMA–Convened PCPI/NCQA 2013 Performance measures for adults undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Performance Measures, the Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, the American Medical Association–Convened Physician Consortium for Performance Improvement, and the National Committee for Quality Assurance. J Am Coll Cardiol 2014;63:722–45.

30. Ko DT, Guo H, Wijeysundera HC, et al. Assessing the association of appropriateness of coronary revascularization and clinical outcomes for patients with stable coronary artery disease. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:1876–84.

31. Matlock DD, Groeneveld PW, Sidney S, et al. Geographic variation in cardiovascular procedure use among medicare fee-for-service vs medicare advantage beneficiaries. JAMA 2013;310:155–62.

32. Beltrame JF, Weekes AJ, Morgan C, et al. The prevalence of weekly angina among patients with chronic stable angina in primary care practices: The coronary artery disease in general practice (cadence) study. Arch Intern Med 2009;169:1491–9.

33. Bradley SM, Spertus JA, Nallamothu BK, et al. The association between patient selection for diagnostic coronary angiography and hospital-level PCI appropriateness: Insights from the NCDR. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes 2013;6:A1. Accessed 20 Nov 2013 at http://circoutcomes.ahajournals.org/cgi/content/short/6/3_MeetingAbstracts/A1?rss=1.

34. Lee J, Chuu K, Spertus J, et al. Patients overestimate the potential benefits of elective percutaneous coronary intervention. Mo Med 2012;109:79.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - June 2014, VOL. 21, NO. 6
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - June 2014, VOL. 21, NO. 6
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Finding the Optimum in the Use of Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
Display Headline
Finding the Optimum in the Use of Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default

Levamisole contamination of cocaine resulting in neutropenia and thrombovasculopathy: a report from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions (SONAR)

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/04/2019 - 11:14
Display Headline
Levamisole contamination of cocaine resulting in neutropenia and thrombovasculopathy: a report from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions (SONAR)

Background

Levamisole is a pharmaceutical with anthelminthic and immunomodulatory properties that received approval from the Food and Drug Administration in 1991 as part of adjuvant chemotherapy regimens for colorectal cancer. The addition of levamisole to 5-flouroruacil (5-FU) was first evaluated by the North Central Cancer Treatment Group in a 3-arm clinical trial that found that 5-FUlevamisole for 12 months was superior to either surgery alone or surgery followed by levamisole alone (recurrence rate was reduced by 40% and the death rate by 33% in Dukes’ C colon cancer).1 A subsequent trial intergroup trial randomized patients with Dukes’ B2 and C colon cancer to surgery alone or 1 year of adjuvant levamisole or 5FUlevamisole and confirmed the efficacy of 5FUlevamisole with respect to disease free survival and overall survival.2 As a result, adjuvant chemotherapy became the standard for stage III colon cancer as reported by an National Cancer Institute consensus development panel.3 Subsequently, primarily because of toxicity reasons, leucovorin replaced levamisole in most adjuvant chemotheraoy regimens for stage III colorectal cancer. Clinical toxicity of levamisole was noted as early as 1976 when several cases of leukopenia and agranulocytosis were reported. Recurrence with re-exposure was well described and agranulocytosis spontaneously reversed upon discontinuation of therapy. Vasculitis secondary to levamisole treatment was first reported in 1978, presenting primarily as leukocytoclastic vasculitis, cutaneous necrotising vasculitis and thrombotic vasculopathy without vasculitis. These findings typically, but not invariably, involve the ear lobes. In the early 1990s, levamisole became unavailable for human use in the United States due to toxicity concerns. Various neurological side effects were described with levamisole therapy, the most concerning complication being multifocal inflammatory leukoencephalopathy. Recently, several persons have developed a novel syndrome characterized by necrotic noses and ears, leg ulcers, agranulocytosis, thrombovasculopathy, and positive antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCAs) as a result of the drug cocaine being adulterated with levamisole. We describe the drug below.

Article PDF
Publications
Article PDF
Article PDF

Background

Levamisole is a pharmaceutical with anthelminthic and immunomodulatory properties that received approval from the Food and Drug Administration in 1991 as part of adjuvant chemotherapy regimens for colorectal cancer. The addition of levamisole to 5-flouroruacil (5-FU) was first evaluated by the North Central Cancer Treatment Group in a 3-arm clinical trial that found that 5-FUlevamisole for 12 months was superior to either surgery alone or surgery followed by levamisole alone (recurrence rate was reduced by 40% and the death rate by 33% in Dukes’ C colon cancer).1 A subsequent trial intergroup trial randomized patients with Dukes’ B2 and C colon cancer to surgery alone or 1 year of adjuvant levamisole or 5FUlevamisole and confirmed the efficacy of 5FUlevamisole with respect to disease free survival and overall survival.2 As a result, adjuvant chemotherapy became the standard for stage III colon cancer as reported by an National Cancer Institute consensus development panel.3 Subsequently, primarily because of toxicity reasons, leucovorin replaced levamisole in most adjuvant chemotheraoy regimens for stage III colorectal cancer. Clinical toxicity of levamisole was noted as early as 1976 when several cases of leukopenia and agranulocytosis were reported. Recurrence with re-exposure was well described and agranulocytosis spontaneously reversed upon discontinuation of therapy. Vasculitis secondary to levamisole treatment was first reported in 1978, presenting primarily as leukocytoclastic vasculitis, cutaneous necrotising vasculitis and thrombotic vasculopathy without vasculitis. These findings typically, but not invariably, involve the ear lobes. In the early 1990s, levamisole became unavailable for human use in the United States due to toxicity concerns. Various neurological side effects were described with levamisole therapy, the most concerning complication being multifocal inflammatory leukoencephalopathy. Recently, several persons have developed a novel syndrome characterized by necrotic noses and ears, leg ulcers, agranulocytosis, thrombovasculopathy, and positive antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCAs) as a result of the drug cocaine being adulterated with levamisole. We describe the drug below.

Background

Levamisole is a pharmaceutical with anthelminthic and immunomodulatory properties that received approval from the Food and Drug Administration in 1991 as part of adjuvant chemotherapy regimens for colorectal cancer. The addition of levamisole to 5-flouroruacil (5-FU) was first evaluated by the North Central Cancer Treatment Group in a 3-arm clinical trial that found that 5-FUlevamisole for 12 months was superior to either surgery alone or surgery followed by levamisole alone (recurrence rate was reduced by 40% and the death rate by 33% in Dukes’ C colon cancer).1 A subsequent trial intergroup trial randomized patients with Dukes’ B2 and C colon cancer to surgery alone or 1 year of adjuvant levamisole or 5FUlevamisole and confirmed the efficacy of 5FUlevamisole with respect to disease free survival and overall survival.2 As a result, adjuvant chemotherapy became the standard for stage III colon cancer as reported by an National Cancer Institute consensus development panel.3 Subsequently, primarily because of toxicity reasons, leucovorin replaced levamisole in most adjuvant chemotheraoy regimens for stage III colorectal cancer. Clinical toxicity of levamisole was noted as early as 1976 when several cases of leukopenia and agranulocytosis were reported. Recurrence with re-exposure was well described and agranulocytosis spontaneously reversed upon discontinuation of therapy. Vasculitis secondary to levamisole treatment was first reported in 1978, presenting primarily as leukocytoclastic vasculitis, cutaneous necrotising vasculitis and thrombotic vasculopathy without vasculitis. These findings typically, but not invariably, involve the ear lobes. In the early 1990s, levamisole became unavailable for human use in the United States due to toxicity concerns. Various neurological side effects were described with levamisole therapy, the most concerning complication being multifocal inflammatory leukoencephalopathy. Recently, several persons have developed a novel syndrome characterized by necrotic noses and ears, leg ulcers, agranulocytosis, thrombovasculopathy, and positive antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCAs) as a result of the drug cocaine being adulterated with levamisole. We describe the drug below.

Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Levamisole contamination of cocaine resulting in neutropenia and thrombovasculopathy: a report from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions (SONAR)
Display Headline
Levamisole contamination of cocaine resulting in neutropenia and thrombovasculopathy: a report from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions (SONAR)
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Late-life depression

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 04/19/2018 - 08:52
Display Headline
Late-life depression

Video file

 
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ellison is Clinical Director, Geriatric Psychiatry Program, McLean Hospital, and Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Belmont, Massachusetts.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(6)
Publications
Topics
Sections
Files
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ellison is Clinical Director, Geriatric Psychiatry Program, McLean Hospital, and Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Belmont, Massachusetts.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Ellison is Clinical Director, Geriatric Psychiatry Program, McLean Hospital, and Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Belmont, Massachusetts.

Video file

 

Video file

 
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(6)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(6)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Late-life depression
Display Headline
Late-life depression
Sections
Disallow All Ads

P values and clinical relevance

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 16:09
Display Headline
P values and clinical relevance

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
 
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Citrome is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(02)
Publications
Topics
Sections
Files
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Citrome is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Citrome is Clinical Professor of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York.

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
 

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
 
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 12(02)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
P values and clinical relevance
Display Headline
P values and clinical relevance
Sections
Disallow All Ads

Menstrual manipulation: Options for suppressing the cycle

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 01/16/2018 - 14:50
Display Headline
Menstrual manipulation: Options for suppressing the cycle

If they wish, women can have more control over when and if they menstruate. By using hormonal contraceptives in extended or continuous regimens, they can have their period less often, a practice called menstrual manipulation or menstrual suppression.

Actually, with the help of their clinicians, women have been doing this for years. But now that several products have been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) specifically for use in extended or continuous regimens, the practice has become more widely accepted.

Reasons for suppressing menstrual flow range from avoiding bleeding during a particular event (eg, a wedding, graduation, or sports competition) to finding relief from dysmenorrhea or reducing or eliminating menstruation in the treatment of endometriosis, migraine, and other medical conditions exacerbated by hormonal changes around the time of menses.1 Alternatively, some women may practice menstrual manipulation for no other reason than to simply avoid menstruation.

MENSTRUAL DISORDERS ARE TROUBLESOME, COMMON

Each year in the United States, menstrual disorders such as dysmenorrhea (painful menstruation), menorrhagia (excessive or frequent menstruation), metrorrhagia (irregular menstruation), menometrorrhagia (excessive and irregular menstruation), and premenstrual syndrome affect nearly 2.5 million women age 18 to 50 years.2 Menstrual disorders are the leading cause of gynecologic morbidity in the United States, outnumbering adnexal masses (the second most common cause) by a factor of three.2 In addition, these disorders extend into the workplace, costing US industry about 8% of its total wage bill.3

A BRIEF HISTORY OF CONTRACEPTIVE DEVELOPMENT

The idea of using progestins for birth control was first advanced in the 1950s by Dr. Gregory Pincus, who proposed a regimen of 21 days of active drug followed by 7 drug-free days to allow withdrawal bleeding, mimicking the natural cycle.4 This “21/7” regimen was designed to follow the lunar cycle in the hope it would be, in the words of Dr. John Rock, “a morally permissible variant of the rhythm method,”5 thereby making it acceptable to women, clinicians, and the Catholic Church.

In 1977, Loudon et al6 reported the results of a study in which women took active pills for 84 days instead of 21 days, which reduced the frequency of menstruation to every 3 months. Since then, extending the active pills beyond 21 days to avoid menses and other hormone-withdrawal symptoms has become popular in clinical practice, and many studies have investigated the extended or continuous use of oral and other forms of contraception to delay menses.7–18

CURRENT METHODS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

A variety of available products prevent conception by altering the menstrual cycle:

  • Oral estrogen-progestin contraceptive pills
  • A drug-releasing intrauterine device
  • Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections
  • A transdermal contraceptive patch
  • A contraceptive vaginal ring
  • An implantable etonogestrel contraceptive.

Their use in menstrual manipulation is summarized in Table 1.

Oral contraceptive pills

The most common way to manipulate the menstrual cycle is to extend the time between hormone-free weeks in an oral contraceptive regimen.

If the patient is young, you can prescribe a monophasic 21/7 oral contraceptive and tell her to take one active pill every day for 21 days and then start a new pack and keep taking active pills for up to 84 consecutive days, skipping the placebo pills until she wants to have her menstrual period. She can choose which week to have it: if the scheduled 12th week of an extended-cycle oral contraceptive regimen is inconvenient, she can plan it for week 10, or week 9, or whichever week is convenient.

The rationale for using an 84-day (12-week) cycle is that it still provides four periods per year, alleviating fears of hypertrophic endometrium.19

In this scenario, unscheduled or breakthrough bleeding can be managed by taking a “double-up pill” from a spare pack on any day breakthrough bleeding occurs and until it resolves. Menstrual periods should not be planned for intervals shorter than 21 days, owing to the risk of ovulation. Missed days of pills or use of placebo pills should also not exceed 7 days to prevent escape ovulation. 20

In some women with endometriosis and other medical reasons, continuous oral contraception with no placebo week can be prescribed.

Unfortunately, the downside to suppressing withdrawal bleeding is unscheduled or “breakthrough” bleeding. The best way to treat this unscheduled bleeding is not known. Patients who are not sexually active can be reassured that the goal of an atrophic endometrium can still be achieved, with resultant pill amenorrhea (particularly useful for those with severe dysmenorrhea or other reasons to want to avoid flow). Patients could also try to manage flow by periodically taking a 3- to 5-day break from hormone-containing pills to allow flow. They can also try switching to another oral contraceptive that has a different progestin that would spiral the arterioles of the endometrium more tightly and thus more aggressively induce atrophy.13,17,21 For instance, levonorgestrel is 10 to 20 times more potent than norethindrone. Choosing a pill with a higher monophasic dosing of levonorgestrel or a similar progestin may minimize unscheduled bleeding.

Currently, several oral contraceptives are approved for use in an extended regimen.

Seasonale was the first oral contraceptive marketed in the United States with an extended active regimen.22 It comes in a pack of 84 pills containing ethinyl estradiol 0.03 mg and levonorgestrel 0.15 mg, plus 7 placebo pills.

Seasonique is similar to Seasonale, but instead of placebo pills it has seven pills that contain ethinyl estradiol 0.010 mg.

Lybrel is a low-dose combination containing ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and levonorgestrel 0.09 mg. Packaged as an entire year’s worth of active pills to be taken continuously for 365 days without a placebo phase or pillfree interval,23 it is the only FDA-approved continuous oral contraceptive available in the United States.

 

 

An intrauterine device

Intrauterine devices were originally developed as contraceptives. The addition of a progestin to these devices has been shown to reduce heavy menstrual bleeding by up to 90%.24,25

Mirena IUS, a levonorgestrel-releasing device, is the only medicated intrauterine device that is currently available in the United States. (“IUS” stands for “intrauterine system.”) It was recently approved by the FDA to treat heavy menstrual bleeding in women who use intrauterine contraception as their method of pregnancy prevention.26 About 50% of women who use this device develop amenorrhea within 6 months of insertion, while 25% report oligomenorrhea.27

The Mirena device can be left in the uterus for up to 5 years. It may be a good choice for inducing amenorrhea in women with hemostatic disorders or in whom estrogen either is contraindicated or causes health concerns.18 The copper intrauterine device (Paragard; Duramed Pharmaceuticals Inc., Pomona, NY) remains a viable option for those who cannot or do not tolerate hormonal therapy. However, Mirena may provide less unscheduled bleeding than the copper intrauterine device.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections

Depo-Provera (depot medroxyprogesterone acetate) injections are given at 90-day intervals. 28 This contraceptive method inhibits ovulation and decidualizes the endometrium, thereby reducing or eliminating uterine bleeding. 29

While new users may initially experience excessive prolonged bleeding (10 or more days) while shedding their existing lining, the rate of amenorrhea has been shown to increase over time as the lining atrophies.30 Thus, prolonged use of this agent reduces the frequency of menstruation as well as menstruation-related symptoms.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate is ideal for patients whose menstrual periods pose a significant hygiene problem (eg, developmentally challenged girls). In our experience, the injections can be given at shorter intervals to induce atrophy of the endometrium quickly. In this scenario, the clinician might give an injection every 4 to 6 weeks for two or three doses to induce amenorrhea and then return to every-12-week dosing.

The main risk when using medroxyprogesterone injections to induce amenorrhea is the potential for bone loss. Users of this method have been shown to have lower mean bone mineral density31–33 and significantly higher levels of biomarkers of bone formation and resorption32,34 than nonusers. However, these changes are similar to those seen in breastfeeding women,35 are reversible with cessation, 36 and are not associated with increased fracture risk.37 In adolescent girls, pregnancy poses similar risks to the bones, with longerterm consequences.

Medroxyprogesterone can also stimulate appetite, causing 10 to 20 kg of weight gain in adolescents and women who are already obese and have trouble with appetite regulation.38 Slender users tend not to gain weight, however.

Given this information, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate appears to be a cost-effective contraceptive option that should be considered in the context of the clinical situation and preference of each patient.

Transdermal contraceptive patch

Ortho Evra, a transdermal patch, is designed to deliver ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and norelgestromin 0.150 mg daily.39 It is usually applied weekly for 3 weeks, followed by a patch-free week to induce regular monthly withdrawal bleeding.

Extended use of the patch to manipulate menstruation is an off-label use. In the only trial evaluating extended use of the patch, amenorrhea occurred in 12% of users, but unscheduled bleeding and spotting were common. 16

Although there is some evidence that the long-term use of the patch may increase the risk of venous thromboembolism,40,41 the risk in women who use the patch has been found to be similar to that in women using an oral contraceptive.42 However, serum ethinyl estradiol levels have been found to be higher with the use of the weekly patch than with oral contraceptives or the contraceptive vaginal ring39; as a result, many physicians are hesitant to recommend its continuous use.

Pending further data about the safety profile of this contraceptive, the World Health Organization Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use suggest that the same guidelines for the prescription of combination oral contraceptives should also apply to the patch.43

Contraceptive vaginal ring

NuvaRing, a contraceptive vaginal ring, releases a daily dose of ethinyl estradiol 0.015 mg and etonogestrel 0.12 mg.10 It is inserted, left in for 21 days, and then removed and left out for 7 days, during which withdrawal bleeding occurs.10

Vaginal administration has been shown to allow low, continuous dosing, which results in more stable serum concentrations than with the patch or oral contraceptives.39 In the only trial comparing an extended vaginal ring regimen and the traditional 28-day regimen, extended use resulted in fewer overall days of bleeding than monthly use, but with more unscheduled spotting.15

The most common side effects include headache, vaginitis, and leukorrhea,44 but there is no evidence of bacteriologic or cytologic changes in the cervicovaginal epithelium, even with extended use.45,46

Etonogestrel implantable contraceptive

Implanon, a single-rod progestin implant, is available in the United States and elsewhere. It is placed subdermally in the inner upper arm and provides contraception for as long as 3 years.

Implanon contains 68 mg of the progestin etonogestrel, which it slowly releases over time, initially at 0.06 to 0.07 mg/day, decreasing to 0.035 to 0.045 mg/day at the end of the first year, to 0.03 to 0.04 mg/day at the end of the second year, and then to 0.025 to 0.03 mg/day at the end of the third year.47

The amount of vaginal bleeding associated with the use of the implant is generally modest, but the pattern tends to be unpredictable. 48 In addition, because amenorrhea is reported as a side effect in only 22% of women during the first 2 years of its use,48 the progestin implant is a less satisfactory means of menstrual suppression than the other methods discussed above.

 

 

BENEFITS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Menstrual manipulation has a number of benefits in terms of both overall health and lifestyle.

For most women, using a long-acting hormonal contraceptive carries low risks and substantial health benefits. Women who take oral contraceptives are less likely to develop osteoporosis, ovarian or endometrial cancer, benign breast changes, or pelvic inflammatory disease. 49 Long-term use of an oral contraceptive can also preserve fertility by reducing and delaying the incidence of endometriosis,50 and is effective at treating acne vulgaris, which tends to be common among patients with polycystic ovary syndrome.51,52 In addition, this practice can be used to reduce overall blood loss, an application that is particularly important in women with a bleeding diathesis such as von Willebrand disease, who frequently suffer from menorrhagia.53

Reduced menstruation may also prove more convenient during particular occasions, such as vacations and athletic activities. Specifically, it may be useful to women serving in the military. In a study by Schneider et al,54 a cohort of 83 female cadets reported a significant perceived impact of premenstrual and menstrual-related symptoms on academic, physical, and military activities, as well as difficulties in obtaining, changing, and disposing of menstrual materials in a military setting. Likewise, reduced menstrual frequency or amenorrhea may play an important role in female athletes, who reportedly use oral contraceptives to control premenstrual symptoms, to protect bone health, and to manipulate the menstrual cycle in order to maximize performance.55

Adolescent girls are another group who may benefit from reduced or absent menses, once they have reached near-final height. By practicing menstrual suppression, girls can avoid dysmenorrhea and the inconvenience of menstruation during the school day, when their access to painkillers, sanitary pads or tampons, and a change of clothes may be limited. 56 Clinicians who discuss with teenage patients the benefits of innovative hormonal contraceptive schedules that reduce menstrual frequency may be able to improve the quality of life for these young women.

In a very short girl just after menarche, care must be taken not to start a hormonal method too early so as not to prematurely close epiphyses and stunt final height; after menarche, most girls still have 1 to 4 inches of potential growth. For a young lady 4 feet 11 inches tall, that extra inch may be important.

Finally, menstrual manipulation may also find a niche among the developmentally challenged. Women with cognitive impairment and physical disabilities may have difficulty with hygienic practice around menses. For a number of years, contraceptives have been used to manage menstrual hygiene in patients with catamenial (ie, menstrual) epilepsy, and to address caregiver concerns in women with severe mental retardation, with improved behavior noted in some patients.57–59 In this setting, an agent that suppresses menses and also provides contraception, especially for those girls and women at risk of abuse, may offer substantial benefits.

DISADVANTAGES OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Rates of adverse events and of discontinuation of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens are comparable with those reported for cyclic regimens, except for higher rates of breakthrough bleeding.

In a trial of continuous oral contraceptive use in more than 2,000 patients, 396 (18.5%) withdrew from the study as a result of bothersome uterine bleeding.60 However, while breakthrough bleeding often occurs during the first few months of extended oral contraceptive use, it usually decreases with each successive cycle of therapy and is comparable to that reported by patients on the conventional oral contraceptive regimen by the fourth extended cycle.12

CONTRACEPTIVE EFFICACY

The efficacy of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens is comparable with that of cyclic regimens.12,60,61 One reason for this may be better adherence to continuous regimens: women using this regimen have been shown to miss fewer pills than those on a cyclic regimen, especially during the critical first week of the pill pack.21

Several studies have shown that some women ovulate during the standard 21/7 oral contraceptive regimen even if they do not miss any pills or take pills off-schedule, putting them at greater risk of pregnancy.62 Large studies evaluating the efficacy of an extendedcycle regimen have shown a pregnancy rate during the 1-year study period that was either comparable with61 or lower than12,60 rates with standard regimens.

Heterosexual couples need to be advised to use condoms to further reduce the already low failure rate and to prevent sexually transmitted diseases.

ACCEPTABILITY OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Ever since the earliest trial of an extended oral contraceptive regimen, participants have expressed a favorable response to the resulting decrease in menstrual frequency; in the 1977 study by Loudon et al,6 patients on the extended regimen cited infrequent periods (82%), fewer menstrual problems (20%), and easier pill-taking (19%) as favorable features.

In 1999, den Tonkelaar and Oddens63 surveyed 1,300 Dutch women about their preferred frequency of menstruation and found that about 70% between the ages of 15 and 49 preferred a frequency of between every 3 months and never. A similar survey in the United States indicated that 58% preferred a bleeding frequency of either every 3 months or never to more frequent periods.64

While patients find menstrual manipulation generally acceptable, clinician approval has been more varied. Loudon et al reported that “the doctors and nurses on the clinic staff were less enthusiastic about this regimen than the volunteers themselves.”6 In a survey of 222 clinicians,65 90% of responders reported ever having prescribed extended or continuous dosing regimens to adolescents, and 33% reported that extended cycles made up more than 10% of their total oral contraceptive prescriptions.

Myths and misperceptions about menstrual manipulation abound. Many clinicians believe that routine use of an extended or continuous oral contraceptive regimen is inadvisable, despite the lack of evidence to support this notion.66 Therefore, many care providers need more education about the practice and benefits of menstrual manipulation.

 

 

THE RIGHT METHOD FOR THE RIGHT PATIENT

Manipulation and suppression of menstruation through continuous or extended use of oral contraceptives or by other means may have a number of advantages to women, including fewer menstrual-related syndromes, reduced absenteeism from work or school, and greater overall satisfaction.

For women whose goal is to reduce but not necessarily to eliminate monthly bleeding, the cyclic use of estrogen-progestin contraception (rather than progestins alone or continuous use of combined hormonal preparations) is suggested.

For women whose goal is amenorrhea, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections, continuous oral contraceptives, and the levonorgestrel intrauterine device are all effective.67 Although randomized trials comparing these methods have not been done, depot medroxyprogesterone appears to have the highest rate of amenorrhea, while the levonorgestrel intrauterine device is the most convenient and appears to be associated with fewer bothersome side effects than progestin injection.68 Patients using depot medroxyprogesterone should have their bone density followed to detect and prevent bone loss, while users of estrogenprogestin pills, the transdermal patch, or the vaginal ring should not have any contraindications to the use of contraceptive doses of estrogen (Table 2).69

Clinicians should not overestimate the risks of oral contraceptives and other hormonal methods, but rather educate themselves so that they can utilize menstrual manipulation safely to match the individual patient’s needs.

References
  1. Association of Reproductive Health Professionals. Extended and continuous use of contraceptives to reduce menstruation. September 2004. http://www.arhp.org/publications-and-resources/clinical-proceedings/reduce-menses. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  2. Kjerulff KH, Erickson BA, Langenberg PW. Chronic gynecological conditions reported by US women: findings from the National Health Interview Survey, 1984 to 1992. Am J Public Health 1996; 86:195199.
  3. Thomas SL, Ellertson C. Nuisance or natural and healthy: should monthly menstruation be optional for women? Lancet 2000; 355:922924.
  4. Connell EB. Contraception in the prepill era. Contraception 1999; 59(suppl 1):7S10S.
  5. Marks LV. Sexual chemistry: a history of the contraceptive pill. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2001.
  6. Loudon NB, Foxwell M, Potts DM, Guild AL, Short RV. Acceptability of an oral contraceptive that reduces the frequency of menstruation: the tri-cycle pill regimen. Br Med J 1977; 2:487490.
  7. Sulak PJ, Cressman BE, Waldrop E, Holleman S, Kuehl TJ. Extending the duration of active oral contraceptive pills to manage hormone withdrawal symptoms. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 89:179183.
  8. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception 1997; 56:341352.
  9. Miller L, Notter KM. Menstrual reduction with extended use of combination oral contraceptive pills: randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2001; 98:771778.
  10. Mulders TM, Dieben TO. Use of the novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring NuvaRing for ovulation inhibition. Fertil Steril 2001; 75:865870.
  11. Stanford JB, Mikolajczyk RT. Mechanisms of action of intrauterine devices: update and estimation of postfertilization effects. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16991708.
  12. Anderson FD, Hait H. A multicenter, randomized study of an extended cycle oral contraceptive. Contraception 2003; 68:8996.
  13. Miller L, Hughes JP. Continuous combination oral contraceptive pills to eliminate withdrawal bleeding: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:653661.
  14. Sillem M, Schneidereit R, Heithecker R, Mueck AO. Use of an oral contraceptive containing drospirenone in an extended regimen. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care 2003; 8:162169.
  15. Miller L, Verhoeven CH, Hout J. Extended regimens of the contraceptive vaginal ring: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106:473482.
  16. Stewart FH, Kaunitz AM, Laguardia KD, Karvois DL, Fisher AC, Friedman AJ. Extended use of transdermal norelgestromin/ethinyl estradiol: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 105:13891396.
  17. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Coffee A, Willis S. Prospective analysis of occurrence and management of breakthrough bleeding during an extended oral contraceptive regimen. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:935941.
  18. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel– releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:673677.
  19. Anderson FD, Feldman R, Reape KZ. Endometrial effects of a 91-day extended-regimen oral contraceptive with low-dose estrogen in place of placebo. Contraception 2008; 77:9196.
  20. Wright KP, Johnson JV. Evaluation of extended and continuous use oral contraceptives. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2008; 4:905911.
  21. Edelman AB, Gallo MF, Jensen JT, Nichols MD, Schulz KF, Grimes DA. Continuous or extended cycle vs. cyclic use of combined oral contraceptives for contraception. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005; 3:CD004695.
  22. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Ortiz M, Shull BL. Acceptance of altering the standard 21-day/7-day oral contraceptive regimen to delay menses and reduce hormone withdrawal symptoms. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 186:11421149.
  23. Turok D. The quest for better contraception: future methods. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2007; 34:137166.
  24. Bergqvist A, Rybo G. Treatment of menorrhagia with intrauterine release of progesterone. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1983; 90:255258.
  25. Andersson K, Odlind V, Rybo G. Levonorgestrel-releasing and copper-releasing (Nova T) IUDs during five years of use: a randomized comparative trial. Contraception 1994; 49:5672.
  26. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves Additional Use for IUD Mirena to Treat Heavy Menstrual Bleeding in IUD Users. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm184747.htm. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  27. Hidalgo M, Bahamondes L, Perrotti M, Diaz J, Dantas-Monteiro C, Petta C. Bleeding patterns and clinical performance of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena) up to two years. Contraception 2002; 65:129132.
  28. Schwallie PC, Assenzo JR. Contraceptive use—efficacy study utilizing medroxyprogesterone acetate administered as an intramuscular injection once every 90 days. Fertil Steril 1973; 24:331339.
  29. Kaunitz AM. Injectable contraception. New and existing options. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:741780.
  30. Mainwaring R, Hales HA, Stevenson K, et al. Metabolic parameter, bleeding, and weight changes in US women using progestin only contraceptives. Contraception 1995; 51:149153.
  31. Curtis KM, Martins SL. Progestogen-only contraception and bone mineral density: a systematic review. Contraception 2006; 73:470487.
  32. Shaarawy M, El-Mallah SY, Seoudi S, Hassan M, Mohsen IA. Effects of the long-term use of depot medroxyprogesterone acetate as hormonal contraceptive on bone mineral density and biochemical markers of bone remodeling. Contraception 2006; 74:297302.
  33. Cromer BA, Bonny AE, Stager M, et al. Bone mineral density in adolescent females using injectable or oral contraceptives: a 24-month prospective study. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:20602067.
  34. Rome E, Ziegler J, Secic M, et al. Bone biochemical markers in adolescent girls using either depot medroxyprogesterone acetate or an oral contraceptive. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 2004; 17:373377.
  35. More C, Bettembuk P, Bhattoa HP, Balogh A. The effects of pregnancy and lactation on bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int 2001; 12:732737.
  36. Kaunitz AM, Miller PD, Rice VM, Ross D, McClung MR. Bone mineral density in women aged 25-35 years receiving depot medroxyprogesterone acetate: recovery following discontinuation. Contraception 2006; 74:9099.
  37. Guilbert ER, Brown JP, Kaunitz AM, et al. The use of depot-medroxyprogesterone acetate in contraception and its potential impact on skeletal health. Contraception 2009; 79:167177.
  38. Bonny AE, Ziegler J, Harvey R, Debanne SM, Secic M, Cromer BA. Weight gain in obese and nonobese adolescent girls initiating depot medroxyprogesterone, oral contraceptive pills, or no hormonal contraceptive method. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006; 160:4045.
  39. van den Heuvel MW, van Bragt AJ, Alnabawy AK, Kaptein MC. Comparison of ethinylestradiol pharmacokinetics in three hormonal contraceptive formulations: the vaginal ring, the transdermal patch and an oral contraceptive. Contraception 2005; 72:168174.
  40. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Holbrook A, Crowther M, Duku EK, Burrows RF. A reevaluation of the risk for venous thromboembolism with the use of oral contraceptives and hormone replacement therapy. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:15221530.
  41. Cole JA, Norman H, Doherty M, Walker AM. Venous thromboembolism, myocardial infarction, and stroke among transdermal contraceptive system users. Obstet Gynecol 2007; 109:339346.
  42. Jick S, Kaye JA, Li L, Jick H. Further results on the risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism in users of the contraceptive transdermal patch compared to users of oral contraceptives containing norgestimate and 35 microg of ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2007; 76:47.
  43. World Health Organization. Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use. 3rd ed. Geneva: Reproductive Health and Research, World Health Organization; 2004.
  44. Dieben TO, Roumen FJ, Apter D. Efficacy, cycle control, and user acceptability of a novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 100:585593.
  45. Davies GC, Feng LX, Newton JR, Dieben TO, Coelingh-Bennink HJ. The effects of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring releasing ethinyloestradiol and 3-ketodesogestrel on vaginal flora. Contraception 1992; 45:511518.
  46. Roumen FJ, Boon ME, van Velzen D, Dieben TO, Coelingh Bennink HJ. The cervico-vaginal epithelium during 20 cycles’ use of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Hum Reprod 1996; 11:24432448.
  47. Wenzl R, van Beek A, Schnabel P, Huber J. Pharmacokinetics of etonogestrel released from the contraceptive implant Implanon. Contraception 1998; 58:283288.
  48. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, Shapiro LS, Kaunitz AM. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril 2009; 91:16461653.
  49. Jensen JT, Speroff L. Health benefits of oral contraceptives. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:705721.
  50. Seracchioli R, Mabrouk M, Frascà C, et al. Long-term cyclic and continuous oral contraceptive therapy and endometrioma recurrence: a randomized controlled trial. Fertil Steril 2010; 93:5256.
  51. Falsetti L, Dordoni D, Gastaldi C, Gastaldi A. A new association of ethinylestradiol (0.035 mg) cyproterone acetate (2 mg) in the therapy of polycystic ovary syndrome. Acta Eur Fertil 1986; 17:1925.
  52. Koltun W, Lucky AW, Thiboutot D, et al. Efficacy and safety of 3 mg drospirenone/20 mcg ethinylestradiol oral contraceptive administered in 24/4 regimen in the treatment of acne vulgaris: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Contraception 2008; 77:249256.
  53. Kadir RA, Sabin CA, Pollard D, Lee CA, Economides DL. Quality of life during menstruation in patients with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 1998; 4:836841.
  54. Schneider MB, Fisher M, Friedman SB, Bijur PE, Toffler AP. Menstrual and premenstrual issues in female military cadets: a unique population with significant concerns. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 1999; 12:195201.
  55. Bennell K, White S, Crossley K. The oral contraceptive pill: a revolution for sportswomen? Br J Sports Med 1999; 33:231238.
  56. Kaplowitz PB, Oberfield SE. Reexamination of the age limit for defining when puberty is precocious in girls in the United States: implications for evaluation and treatment. Drug and Therapeutics and Executive Committees of the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric Endocrine Society. Pediatrics 1999; 104:936941.
  57. Roxburgh DR, West MJ. The use of norethisterone to suppress menstruation in the intellectually severely retarded woman. Med J Aust 1973; 2:310313.
  58. Egan TM, Siegert RJ, Fairley NA. Use of hormonal contraceptives in an institutional setting: reasons for use, consent and safety in women with psychiatric and intellectual disabilities. N Z Med J 1993; 106:338341.
  59. Pillai M, O’Brien K, Hill E. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system (Mirena) for the treatment of menstrual problems in adolescents with medical disorders, or physical or learning disabilities. BJOG 2010; 117:216221.
  60. Archer DF, Jensen JT, Johnson JV, Borisute H, Grubb GS, Constantine GD. Evaluation of a continuous regimen of levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol: phase 3 study results. Contraception 2006; 74:439445.
  61. Kroll R, Reape KZ, Margolis M. The efficacy and safety of a low-dose, 91-day, extended-regimen oral contraceptive with continuous ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2010; 81:4148.
  62. Archer DF. Menstrual-cycle-related symptoms: a review of the rationale for continuous use of oral contraceptives. Contraception 2006; 74:359366.
  63. den Tonkelaar I, Oddens BJ. Preferred frequency and characteristics of menstrual bleeding in relation to reproductive status, oral contraceptive use, and hormone replacement therapy use. Contraception 1999; 59:357362.
  64. Edelman A, Lew R, Cwiak C, Nichols M, Jensen J. Acceptability of contraceptive-induced amenorrhea in a racially diverse group of US women. Contraception 2007; 75:450453.
  65. Gerschultz KL, Sucato GS, Hennon TR, Murray PJ, Gold MA. Extended cycling of combined hormonal contraceptives in adolescents: physician views and prescribing practices. J Adolesc Health 2007; 40:151157.
  66. Frankovich RJ, Lebrun CM. Menstrual cycle, contraception, and performance. Clin Sports Med 2000; 19:251271.
  67. Speroff L, Darney PD. A Clinical Guide for Contraception. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
  68. Kaunitz AM. Long-acting contraceptive options. Int J Fertil Menopausal Stud 1996; 41:6976.
  69. US Food and Drug Administration. Guidance for Industry Labeling for Combined Oral Contraceptives, 2004. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/Guidances/ucm075075.pdfAccessed May 17, 2010.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Caitlin W. Hicks, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Section of Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic Children’s Hospital

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, A120, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail romee@ccf.org

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(7)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
445-453
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Caitlin W. Hicks, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Section of Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic Children’s Hospital

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, A120, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail romee@ccf.org

Author and Disclosure Information

Caitlin W. Hicks, BA
Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH
Head, Section of Adolescent Medicine, Department of General Pediatrics, Cleveland Clinic Children’s Hospital

Address: Ellen S. Rome, MD, MPH, Department of General Pediatrics, A120, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail romee@ccf.org

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

If they wish, women can have more control over when and if they menstruate. By using hormonal contraceptives in extended or continuous regimens, they can have their period less often, a practice called menstrual manipulation or menstrual suppression.

Actually, with the help of their clinicians, women have been doing this for years. But now that several products have been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) specifically for use in extended or continuous regimens, the practice has become more widely accepted.

Reasons for suppressing menstrual flow range from avoiding bleeding during a particular event (eg, a wedding, graduation, or sports competition) to finding relief from dysmenorrhea or reducing or eliminating menstruation in the treatment of endometriosis, migraine, and other medical conditions exacerbated by hormonal changes around the time of menses.1 Alternatively, some women may practice menstrual manipulation for no other reason than to simply avoid menstruation.

MENSTRUAL DISORDERS ARE TROUBLESOME, COMMON

Each year in the United States, menstrual disorders such as dysmenorrhea (painful menstruation), menorrhagia (excessive or frequent menstruation), metrorrhagia (irregular menstruation), menometrorrhagia (excessive and irregular menstruation), and premenstrual syndrome affect nearly 2.5 million women age 18 to 50 years.2 Menstrual disorders are the leading cause of gynecologic morbidity in the United States, outnumbering adnexal masses (the second most common cause) by a factor of three.2 In addition, these disorders extend into the workplace, costing US industry about 8% of its total wage bill.3

A BRIEF HISTORY OF CONTRACEPTIVE DEVELOPMENT

The idea of using progestins for birth control was first advanced in the 1950s by Dr. Gregory Pincus, who proposed a regimen of 21 days of active drug followed by 7 drug-free days to allow withdrawal bleeding, mimicking the natural cycle.4 This “21/7” regimen was designed to follow the lunar cycle in the hope it would be, in the words of Dr. John Rock, “a morally permissible variant of the rhythm method,”5 thereby making it acceptable to women, clinicians, and the Catholic Church.

In 1977, Loudon et al6 reported the results of a study in which women took active pills for 84 days instead of 21 days, which reduced the frequency of menstruation to every 3 months. Since then, extending the active pills beyond 21 days to avoid menses and other hormone-withdrawal symptoms has become popular in clinical practice, and many studies have investigated the extended or continuous use of oral and other forms of contraception to delay menses.7–18

CURRENT METHODS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

A variety of available products prevent conception by altering the menstrual cycle:

  • Oral estrogen-progestin contraceptive pills
  • A drug-releasing intrauterine device
  • Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections
  • A transdermal contraceptive patch
  • A contraceptive vaginal ring
  • An implantable etonogestrel contraceptive.

Their use in menstrual manipulation is summarized in Table 1.

Oral contraceptive pills

The most common way to manipulate the menstrual cycle is to extend the time between hormone-free weeks in an oral contraceptive regimen.

If the patient is young, you can prescribe a monophasic 21/7 oral contraceptive and tell her to take one active pill every day for 21 days and then start a new pack and keep taking active pills for up to 84 consecutive days, skipping the placebo pills until she wants to have her menstrual period. She can choose which week to have it: if the scheduled 12th week of an extended-cycle oral contraceptive regimen is inconvenient, she can plan it for week 10, or week 9, or whichever week is convenient.

The rationale for using an 84-day (12-week) cycle is that it still provides four periods per year, alleviating fears of hypertrophic endometrium.19

In this scenario, unscheduled or breakthrough bleeding can be managed by taking a “double-up pill” from a spare pack on any day breakthrough bleeding occurs and until it resolves. Menstrual periods should not be planned for intervals shorter than 21 days, owing to the risk of ovulation. Missed days of pills or use of placebo pills should also not exceed 7 days to prevent escape ovulation. 20

In some women with endometriosis and other medical reasons, continuous oral contraception with no placebo week can be prescribed.

Unfortunately, the downside to suppressing withdrawal bleeding is unscheduled or “breakthrough” bleeding. The best way to treat this unscheduled bleeding is not known. Patients who are not sexually active can be reassured that the goal of an atrophic endometrium can still be achieved, with resultant pill amenorrhea (particularly useful for those with severe dysmenorrhea or other reasons to want to avoid flow). Patients could also try to manage flow by periodically taking a 3- to 5-day break from hormone-containing pills to allow flow. They can also try switching to another oral contraceptive that has a different progestin that would spiral the arterioles of the endometrium more tightly and thus more aggressively induce atrophy.13,17,21 For instance, levonorgestrel is 10 to 20 times more potent than norethindrone. Choosing a pill with a higher monophasic dosing of levonorgestrel or a similar progestin may minimize unscheduled bleeding.

Currently, several oral contraceptives are approved for use in an extended regimen.

Seasonale was the first oral contraceptive marketed in the United States with an extended active regimen.22 It comes in a pack of 84 pills containing ethinyl estradiol 0.03 mg and levonorgestrel 0.15 mg, plus 7 placebo pills.

Seasonique is similar to Seasonale, but instead of placebo pills it has seven pills that contain ethinyl estradiol 0.010 mg.

Lybrel is a low-dose combination containing ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and levonorgestrel 0.09 mg. Packaged as an entire year’s worth of active pills to be taken continuously for 365 days without a placebo phase or pillfree interval,23 it is the only FDA-approved continuous oral contraceptive available in the United States.

 

 

An intrauterine device

Intrauterine devices were originally developed as contraceptives. The addition of a progestin to these devices has been shown to reduce heavy menstrual bleeding by up to 90%.24,25

Mirena IUS, a levonorgestrel-releasing device, is the only medicated intrauterine device that is currently available in the United States. (“IUS” stands for “intrauterine system.”) It was recently approved by the FDA to treat heavy menstrual bleeding in women who use intrauterine contraception as their method of pregnancy prevention.26 About 50% of women who use this device develop amenorrhea within 6 months of insertion, while 25% report oligomenorrhea.27

The Mirena device can be left in the uterus for up to 5 years. It may be a good choice for inducing amenorrhea in women with hemostatic disorders or in whom estrogen either is contraindicated or causes health concerns.18 The copper intrauterine device (Paragard; Duramed Pharmaceuticals Inc., Pomona, NY) remains a viable option for those who cannot or do not tolerate hormonal therapy. However, Mirena may provide less unscheduled bleeding than the copper intrauterine device.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections

Depo-Provera (depot medroxyprogesterone acetate) injections are given at 90-day intervals. 28 This contraceptive method inhibits ovulation and decidualizes the endometrium, thereby reducing or eliminating uterine bleeding. 29

While new users may initially experience excessive prolonged bleeding (10 or more days) while shedding their existing lining, the rate of amenorrhea has been shown to increase over time as the lining atrophies.30 Thus, prolonged use of this agent reduces the frequency of menstruation as well as menstruation-related symptoms.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate is ideal for patients whose menstrual periods pose a significant hygiene problem (eg, developmentally challenged girls). In our experience, the injections can be given at shorter intervals to induce atrophy of the endometrium quickly. In this scenario, the clinician might give an injection every 4 to 6 weeks for two or three doses to induce amenorrhea and then return to every-12-week dosing.

The main risk when using medroxyprogesterone injections to induce amenorrhea is the potential for bone loss. Users of this method have been shown to have lower mean bone mineral density31–33 and significantly higher levels of biomarkers of bone formation and resorption32,34 than nonusers. However, these changes are similar to those seen in breastfeeding women,35 are reversible with cessation, 36 and are not associated with increased fracture risk.37 In adolescent girls, pregnancy poses similar risks to the bones, with longerterm consequences.

Medroxyprogesterone can also stimulate appetite, causing 10 to 20 kg of weight gain in adolescents and women who are already obese and have trouble with appetite regulation.38 Slender users tend not to gain weight, however.

Given this information, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate appears to be a cost-effective contraceptive option that should be considered in the context of the clinical situation and preference of each patient.

Transdermal contraceptive patch

Ortho Evra, a transdermal patch, is designed to deliver ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and norelgestromin 0.150 mg daily.39 It is usually applied weekly for 3 weeks, followed by a patch-free week to induce regular monthly withdrawal bleeding.

Extended use of the patch to manipulate menstruation is an off-label use. In the only trial evaluating extended use of the patch, amenorrhea occurred in 12% of users, but unscheduled bleeding and spotting were common. 16

Although there is some evidence that the long-term use of the patch may increase the risk of venous thromboembolism,40,41 the risk in women who use the patch has been found to be similar to that in women using an oral contraceptive.42 However, serum ethinyl estradiol levels have been found to be higher with the use of the weekly patch than with oral contraceptives or the contraceptive vaginal ring39; as a result, many physicians are hesitant to recommend its continuous use.

Pending further data about the safety profile of this contraceptive, the World Health Organization Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use suggest that the same guidelines for the prescription of combination oral contraceptives should also apply to the patch.43

Contraceptive vaginal ring

NuvaRing, a contraceptive vaginal ring, releases a daily dose of ethinyl estradiol 0.015 mg and etonogestrel 0.12 mg.10 It is inserted, left in for 21 days, and then removed and left out for 7 days, during which withdrawal bleeding occurs.10

Vaginal administration has been shown to allow low, continuous dosing, which results in more stable serum concentrations than with the patch or oral contraceptives.39 In the only trial comparing an extended vaginal ring regimen and the traditional 28-day regimen, extended use resulted in fewer overall days of bleeding than monthly use, but with more unscheduled spotting.15

The most common side effects include headache, vaginitis, and leukorrhea,44 but there is no evidence of bacteriologic or cytologic changes in the cervicovaginal epithelium, even with extended use.45,46

Etonogestrel implantable contraceptive

Implanon, a single-rod progestin implant, is available in the United States and elsewhere. It is placed subdermally in the inner upper arm and provides contraception for as long as 3 years.

Implanon contains 68 mg of the progestin etonogestrel, which it slowly releases over time, initially at 0.06 to 0.07 mg/day, decreasing to 0.035 to 0.045 mg/day at the end of the first year, to 0.03 to 0.04 mg/day at the end of the second year, and then to 0.025 to 0.03 mg/day at the end of the third year.47

The amount of vaginal bleeding associated with the use of the implant is generally modest, but the pattern tends to be unpredictable. 48 In addition, because amenorrhea is reported as a side effect in only 22% of women during the first 2 years of its use,48 the progestin implant is a less satisfactory means of menstrual suppression than the other methods discussed above.

 

 

BENEFITS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Menstrual manipulation has a number of benefits in terms of both overall health and lifestyle.

For most women, using a long-acting hormonal contraceptive carries low risks and substantial health benefits. Women who take oral contraceptives are less likely to develop osteoporosis, ovarian or endometrial cancer, benign breast changes, or pelvic inflammatory disease. 49 Long-term use of an oral contraceptive can also preserve fertility by reducing and delaying the incidence of endometriosis,50 and is effective at treating acne vulgaris, which tends to be common among patients with polycystic ovary syndrome.51,52 In addition, this practice can be used to reduce overall blood loss, an application that is particularly important in women with a bleeding diathesis such as von Willebrand disease, who frequently suffer from menorrhagia.53

Reduced menstruation may also prove more convenient during particular occasions, such as vacations and athletic activities. Specifically, it may be useful to women serving in the military. In a study by Schneider et al,54 a cohort of 83 female cadets reported a significant perceived impact of premenstrual and menstrual-related symptoms on academic, physical, and military activities, as well as difficulties in obtaining, changing, and disposing of menstrual materials in a military setting. Likewise, reduced menstrual frequency or amenorrhea may play an important role in female athletes, who reportedly use oral contraceptives to control premenstrual symptoms, to protect bone health, and to manipulate the menstrual cycle in order to maximize performance.55

Adolescent girls are another group who may benefit from reduced or absent menses, once they have reached near-final height. By practicing menstrual suppression, girls can avoid dysmenorrhea and the inconvenience of menstruation during the school day, when their access to painkillers, sanitary pads or tampons, and a change of clothes may be limited. 56 Clinicians who discuss with teenage patients the benefits of innovative hormonal contraceptive schedules that reduce menstrual frequency may be able to improve the quality of life for these young women.

In a very short girl just after menarche, care must be taken not to start a hormonal method too early so as not to prematurely close epiphyses and stunt final height; after menarche, most girls still have 1 to 4 inches of potential growth. For a young lady 4 feet 11 inches tall, that extra inch may be important.

Finally, menstrual manipulation may also find a niche among the developmentally challenged. Women with cognitive impairment and physical disabilities may have difficulty with hygienic practice around menses. For a number of years, contraceptives have been used to manage menstrual hygiene in patients with catamenial (ie, menstrual) epilepsy, and to address caregiver concerns in women with severe mental retardation, with improved behavior noted in some patients.57–59 In this setting, an agent that suppresses menses and also provides contraception, especially for those girls and women at risk of abuse, may offer substantial benefits.

DISADVANTAGES OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Rates of adverse events and of discontinuation of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens are comparable with those reported for cyclic regimens, except for higher rates of breakthrough bleeding.

In a trial of continuous oral contraceptive use in more than 2,000 patients, 396 (18.5%) withdrew from the study as a result of bothersome uterine bleeding.60 However, while breakthrough bleeding often occurs during the first few months of extended oral contraceptive use, it usually decreases with each successive cycle of therapy and is comparable to that reported by patients on the conventional oral contraceptive regimen by the fourth extended cycle.12

CONTRACEPTIVE EFFICACY

The efficacy of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens is comparable with that of cyclic regimens.12,60,61 One reason for this may be better adherence to continuous regimens: women using this regimen have been shown to miss fewer pills than those on a cyclic regimen, especially during the critical first week of the pill pack.21

Several studies have shown that some women ovulate during the standard 21/7 oral contraceptive regimen even if they do not miss any pills or take pills off-schedule, putting them at greater risk of pregnancy.62 Large studies evaluating the efficacy of an extendedcycle regimen have shown a pregnancy rate during the 1-year study period that was either comparable with61 or lower than12,60 rates with standard regimens.

Heterosexual couples need to be advised to use condoms to further reduce the already low failure rate and to prevent sexually transmitted diseases.

ACCEPTABILITY OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Ever since the earliest trial of an extended oral contraceptive regimen, participants have expressed a favorable response to the resulting decrease in menstrual frequency; in the 1977 study by Loudon et al,6 patients on the extended regimen cited infrequent periods (82%), fewer menstrual problems (20%), and easier pill-taking (19%) as favorable features.

In 1999, den Tonkelaar and Oddens63 surveyed 1,300 Dutch women about their preferred frequency of menstruation and found that about 70% between the ages of 15 and 49 preferred a frequency of between every 3 months and never. A similar survey in the United States indicated that 58% preferred a bleeding frequency of either every 3 months or never to more frequent periods.64

While patients find menstrual manipulation generally acceptable, clinician approval has been more varied. Loudon et al reported that “the doctors and nurses on the clinic staff were less enthusiastic about this regimen than the volunteers themselves.”6 In a survey of 222 clinicians,65 90% of responders reported ever having prescribed extended or continuous dosing regimens to adolescents, and 33% reported that extended cycles made up more than 10% of their total oral contraceptive prescriptions.

Myths and misperceptions about menstrual manipulation abound. Many clinicians believe that routine use of an extended or continuous oral contraceptive regimen is inadvisable, despite the lack of evidence to support this notion.66 Therefore, many care providers need more education about the practice and benefits of menstrual manipulation.

 

 

THE RIGHT METHOD FOR THE RIGHT PATIENT

Manipulation and suppression of menstruation through continuous or extended use of oral contraceptives or by other means may have a number of advantages to women, including fewer menstrual-related syndromes, reduced absenteeism from work or school, and greater overall satisfaction.

For women whose goal is to reduce but not necessarily to eliminate monthly bleeding, the cyclic use of estrogen-progestin contraception (rather than progestins alone or continuous use of combined hormonal preparations) is suggested.

For women whose goal is amenorrhea, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections, continuous oral contraceptives, and the levonorgestrel intrauterine device are all effective.67 Although randomized trials comparing these methods have not been done, depot medroxyprogesterone appears to have the highest rate of amenorrhea, while the levonorgestrel intrauterine device is the most convenient and appears to be associated with fewer bothersome side effects than progestin injection.68 Patients using depot medroxyprogesterone should have their bone density followed to detect and prevent bone loss, while users of estrogenprogestin pills, the transdermal patch, or the vaginal ring should not have any contraindications to the use of contraceptive doses of estrogen (Table 2).69

Clinicians should not overestimate the risks of oral contraceptives and other hormonal methods, but rather educate themselves so that they can utilize menstrual manipulation safely to match the individual patient’s needs.

If they wish, women can have more control over when and if they menstruate. By using hormonal contraceptives in extended or continuous regimens, they can have their period less often, a practice called menstrual manipulation or menstrual suppression.

Actually, with the help of their clinicians, women have been doing this for years. But now that several products have been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) specifically for use in extended or continuous regimens, the practice has become more widely accepted.

Reasons for suppressing menstrual flow range from avoiding bleeding during a particular event (eg, a wedding, graduation, or sports competition) to finding relief from dysmenorrhea or reducing or eliminating menstruation in the treatment of endometriosis, migraine, and other medical conditions exacerbated by hormonal changes around the time of menses.1 Alternatively, some women may practice menstrual manipulation for no other reason than to simply avoid menstruation.

MENSTRUAL DISORDERS ARE TROUBLESOME, COMMON

Each year in the United States, menstrual disorders such as dysmenorrhea (painful menstruation), menorrhagia (excessive or frequent menstruation), metrorrhagia (irregular menstruation), menometrorrhagia (excessive and irregular menstruation), and premenstrual syndrome affect nearly 2.5 million women age 18 to 50 years.2 Menstrual disorders are the leading cause of gynecologic morbidity in the United States, outnumbering adnexal masses (the second most common cause) by a factor of three.2 In addition, these disorders extend into the workplace, costing US industry about 8% of its total wage bill.3

A BRIEF HISTORY OF CONTRACEPTIVE DEVELOPMENT

The idea of using progestins for birth control was first advanced in the 1950s by Dr. Gregory Pincus, who proposed a regimen of 21 days of active drug followed by 7 drug-free days to allow withdrawal bleeding, mimicking the natural cycle.4 This “21/7” regimen was designed to follow the lunar cycle in the hope it would be, in the words of Dr. John Rock, “a morally permissible variant of the rhythm method,”5 thereby making it acceptable to women, clinicians, and the Catholic Church.

In 1977, Loudon et al6 reported the results of a study in which women took active pills for 84 days instead of 21 days, which reduced the frequency of menstruation to every 3 months. Since then, extending the active pills beyond 21 days to avoid menses and other hormone-withdrawal symptoms has become popular in clinical practice, and many studies have investigated the extended or continuous use of oral and other forms of contraception to delay menses.7–18

CURRENT METHODS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

A variety of available products prevent conception by altering the menstrual cycle:

  • Oral estrogen-progestin contraceptive pills
  • A drug-releasing intrauterine device
  • Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections
  • A transdermal contraceptive patch
  • A contraceptive vaginal ring
  • An implantable etonogestrel contraceptive.

Their use in menstrual manipulation is summarized in Table 1.

Oral contraceptive pills

The most common way to manipulate the menstrual cycle is to extend the time between hormone-free weeks in an oral contraceptive regimen.

If the patient is young, you can prescribe a monophasic 21/7 oral contraceptive and tell her to take one active pill every day for 21 days and then start a new pack and keep taking active pills for up to 84 consecutive days, skipping the placebo pills until she wants to have her menstrual period. She can choose which week to have it: if the scheduled 12th week of an extended-cycle oral contraceptive regimen is inconvenient, she can plan it for week 10, or week 9, or whichever week is convenient.

The rationale for using an 84-day (12-week) cycle is that it still provides four periods per year, alleviating fears of hypertrophic endometrium.19

In this scenario, unscheduled or breakthrough bleeding can be managed by taking a “double-up pill” from a spare pack on any day breakthrough bleeding occurs and until it resolves. Menstrual periods should not be planned for intervals shorter than 21 days, owing to the risk of ovulation. Missed days of pills or use of placebo pills should also not exceed 7 days to prevent escape ovulation. 20

In some women with endometriosis and other medical reasons, continuous oral contraception with no placebo week can be prescribed.

Unfortunately, the downside to suppressing withdrawal bleeding is unscheduled or “breakthrough” bleeding. The best way to treat this unscheduled bleeding is not known. Patients who are not sexually active can be reassured that the goal of an atrophic endometrium can still be achieved, with resultant pill amenorrhea (particularly useful for those with severe dysmenorrhea or other reasons to want to avoid flow). Patients could also try to manage flow by periodically taking a 3- to 5-day break from hormone-containing pills to allow flow. They can also try switching to another oral contraceptive that has a different progestin that would spiral the arterioles of the endometrium more tightly and thus more aggressively induce atrophy.13,17,21 For instance, levonorgestrel is 10 to 20 times more potent than norethindrone. Choosing a pill with a higher monophasic dosing of levonorgestrel or a similar progestin may minimize unscheduled bleeding.

Currently, several oral contraceptives are approved for use in an extended regimen.

Seasonale was the first oral contraceptive marketed in the United States with an extended active regimen.22 It comes in a pack of 84 pills containing ethinyl estradiol 0.03 mg and levonorgestrel 0.15 mg, plus 7 placebo pills.

Seasonique is similar to Seasonale, but instead of placebo pills it has seven pills that contain ethinyl estradiol 0.010 mg.

Lybrel is a low-dose combination containing ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and levonorgestrel 0.09 mg. Packaged as an entire year’s worth of active pills to be taken continuously for 365 days without a placebo phase or pillfree interval,23 it is the only FDA-approved continuous oral contraceptive available in the United States.

 

 

An intrauterine device

Intrauterine devices were originally developed as contraceptives. The addition of a progestin to these devices has been shown to reduce heavy menstrual bleeding by up to 90%.24,25

Mirena IUS, a levonorgestrel-releasing device, is the only medicated intrauterine device that is currently available in the United States. (“IUS” stands for “intrauterine system.”) It was recently approved by the FDA to treat heavy menstrual bleeding in women who use intrauterine contraception as their method of pregnancy prevention.26 About 50% of women who use this device develop amenorrhea within 6 months of insertion, while 25% report oligomenorrhea.27

The Mirena device can be left in the uterus for up to 5 years. It may be a good choice for inducing amenorrhea in women with hemostatic disorders or in whom estrogen either is contraindicated or causes health concerns.18 The copper intrauterine device (Paragard; Duramed Pharmaceuticals Inc., Pomona, NY) remains a viable option for those who cannot or do not tolerate hormonal therapy. However, Mirena may provide less unscheduled bleeding than the copper intrauterine device.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections

Depo-Provera (depot medroxyprogesterone acetate) injections are given at 90-day intervals. 28 This contraceptive method inhibits ovulation and decidualizes the endometrium, thereby reducing or eliminating uterine bleeding. 29

While new users may initially experience excessive prolonged bleeding (10 or more days) while shedding their existing lining, the rate of amenorrhea has been shown to increase over time as the lining atrophies.30 Thus, prolonged use of this agent reduces the frequency of menstruation as well as menstruation-related symptoms.

Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate is ideal for patients whose menstrual periods pose a significant hygiene problem (eg, developmentally challenged girls). In our experience, the injections can be given at shorter intervals to induce atrophy of the endometrium quickly. In this scenario, the clinician might give an injection every 4 to 6 weeks for two or three doses to induce amenorrhea and then return to every-12-week dosing.

The main risk when using medroxyprogesterone injections to induce amenorrhea is the potential for bone loss. Users of this method have been shown to have lower mean bone mineral density31–33 and significantly higher levels of biomarkers of bone formation and resorption32,34 than nonusers. However, these changes are similar to those seen in breastfeeding women,35 are reversible with cessation, 36 and are not associated with increased fracture risk.37 In adolescent girls, pregnancy poses similar risks to the bones, with longerterm consequences.

Medroxyprogesterone can also stimulate appetite, causing 10 to 20 kg of weight gain in adolescents and women who are already obese and have trouble with appetite regulation.38 Slender users tend not to gain weight, however.

Given this information, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate appears to be a cost-effective contraceptive option that should be considered in the context of the clinical situation and preference of each patient.

Transdermal contraceptive patch

Ortho Evra, a transdermal patch, is designed to deliver ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg and norelgestromin 0.150 mg daily.39 It is usually applied weekly for 3 weeks, followed by a patch-free week to induce regular monthly withdrawal bleeding.

Extended use of the patch to manipulate menstruation is an off-label use. In the only trial evaluating extended use of the patch, amenorrhea occurred in 12% of users, but unscheduled bleeding and spotting were common. 16

Although there is some evidence that the long-term use of the patch may increase the risk of venous thromboembolism,40,41 the risk in women who use the patch has been found to be similar to that in women using an oral contraceptive.42 However, serum ethinyl estradiol levels have been found to be higher with the use of the weekly patch than with oral contraceptives or the contraceptive vaginal ring39; as a result, many physicians are hesitant to recommend its continuous use.

Pending further data about the safety profile of this contraceptive, the World Health Organization Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use suggest that the same guidelines for the prescription of combination oral contraceptives should also apply to the patch.43

Contraceptive vaginal ring

NuvaRing, a contraceptive vaginal ring, releases a daily dose of ethinyl estradiol 0.015 mg and etonogestrel 0.12 mg.10 It is inserted, left in for 21 days, and then removed and left out for 7 days, during which withdrawal bleeding occurs.10

Vaginal administration has been shown to allow low, continuous dosing, which results in more stable serum concentrations than with the patch or oral contraceptives.39 In the only trial comparing an extended vaginal ring regimen and the traditional 28-day regimen, extended use resulted in fewer overall days of bleeding than monthly use, but with more unscheduled spotting.15

The most common side effects include headache, vaginitis, and leukorrhea,44 but there is no evidence of bacteriologic or cytologic changes in the cervicovaginal epithelium, even with extended use.45,46

Etonogestrel implantable contraceptive

Implanon, a single-rod progestin implant, is available in the United States and elsewhere. It is placed subdermally in the inner upper arm and provides contraception for as long as 3 years.

Implanon contains 68 mg of the progestin etonogestrel, which it slowly releases over time, initially at 0.06 to 0.07 mg/day, decreasing to 0.035 to 0.045 mg/day at the end of the first year, to 0.03 to 0.04 mg/day at the end of the second year, and then to 0.025 to 0.03 mg/day at the end of the third year.47

The amount of vaginal bleeding associated with the use of the implant is generally modest, but the pattern tends to be unpredictable. 48 In addition, because amenorrhea is reported as a side effect in only 22% of women during the first 2 years of its use,48 the progestin implant is a less satisfactory means of menstrual suppression than the other methods discussed above.

 

 

BENEFITS OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Menstrual manipulation has a number of benefits in terms of both overall health and lifestyle.

For most women, using a long-acting hormonal contraceptive carries low risks and substantial health benefits. Women who take oral contraceptives are less likely to develop osteoporosis, ovarian or endometrial cancer, benign breast changes, or pelvic inflammatory disease. 49 Long-term use of an oral contraceptive can also preserve fertility by reducing and delaying the incidence of endometriosis,50 and is effective at treating acne vulgaris, which tends to be common among patients with polycystic ovary syndrome.51,52 In addition, this practice can be used to reduce overall blood loss, an application that is particularly important in women with a bleeding diathesis such as von Willebrand disease, who frequently suffer from menorrhagia.53

Reduced menstruation may also prove more convenient during particular occasions, such as vacations and athletic activities. Specifically, it may be useful to women serving in the military. In a study by Schneider et al,54 a cohort of 83 female cadets reported a significant perceived impact of premenstrual and menstrual-related symptoms on academic, physical, and military activities, as well as difficulties in obtaining, changing, and disposing of menstrual materials in a military setting. Likewise, reduced menstrual frequency or amenorrhea may play an important role in female athletes, who reportedly use oral contraceptives to control premenstrual symptoms, to protect bone health, and to manipulate the menstrual cycle in order to maximize performance.55

Adolescent girls are another group who may benefit from reduced or absent menses, once they have reached near-final height. By practicing menstrual suppression, girls can avoid dysmenorrhea and the inconvenience of menstruation during the school day, when their access to painkillers, sanitary pads or tampons, and a change of clothes may be limited. 56 Clinicians who discuss with teenage patients the benefits of innovative hormonal contraceptive schedules that reduce menstrual frequency may be able to improve the quality of life for these young women.

In a very short girl just after menarche, care must be taken not to start a hormonal method too early so as not to prematurely close epiphyses and stunt final height; after menarche, most girls still have 1 to 4 inches of potential growth. For a young lady 4 feet 11 inches tall, that extra inch may be important.

Finally, menstrual manipulation may also find a niche among the developmentally challenged. Women with cognitive impairment and physical disabilities may have difficulty with hygienic practice around menses. For a number of years, contraceptives have been used to manage menstrual hygiene in patients with catamenial (ie, menstrual) epilepsy, and to address caregiver concerns in women with severe mental retardation, with improved behavior noted in some patients.57–59 In this setting, an agent that suppresses menses and also provides contraception, especially for those girls and women at risk of abuse, may offer substantial benefits.

DISADVANTAGES OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Rates of adverse events and of discontinuation of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens are comparable with those reported for cyclic regimens, except for higher rates of breakthrough bleeding.

In a trial of continuous oral contraceptive use in more than 2,000 patients, 396 (18.5%) withdrew from the study as a result of bothersome uterine bleeding.60 However, while breakthrough bleeding often occurs during the first few months of extended oral contraceptive use, it usually decreases with each successive cycle of therapy and is comparable to that reported by patients on the conventional oral contraceptive regimen by the fourth extended cycle.12

CONTRACEPTIVE EFFICACY

The efficacy of extended and continuous oral contraceptive regimens is comparable with that of cyclic regimens.12,60,61 One reason for this may be better adherence to continuous regimens: women using this regimen have been shown to miss fewer pills than those on a cyclic regimen, especially during the critical first week of the pill pack.21

Several studies have shown that some women ovulate during the standard 21/7 oral contraceptive regimen even if they do not miss any pills or take pills off-schedule, putting them at greater risk of pregnancy.62 Large studies evaluating the efficacy of an extendedcycle regimen have shown a pregnancy rate during the 1-year study period that was either comparable with61 or lower than12,60 rates with standard regimens.

Heterosexual couples need to be advised to use condoms to further reduce the already low failure rate and to prevent sexually transmitted diseases.

ACCEPTABILITY OF MENSTRUAL MANIPULATION

Ever since the earliest trial of an extended oral contraceptive regimen, participants have expressed a favorable response to the resulting decrease in menstrual frequency; in the 1977 study by Loudon et al,6 patients on the extended regimen cited infrequent periods (82%), fewer menstrual problems (20%), and easier pill-taking (19%) as favorable features.

In 1999, den Tonkelaar and Oddens63 surveyed 1,300 Dutch women about their preferred frequency of menstruation and found that about 70% between the ages of 15 and 49 preferred a frequency of between every 3 months and never. A similar survey in the United States indicated that 58% preferred a bleeding frequency of either every 3 months or never to more frequent periods.64

While patients find menstrual manipulation generally acceptable, clinician approval has been more varied. Loudon et al reported that “the doctors and nurses on the clinic staff were less enthusiastic about this regimen than the volunteers themselves.”6 In a survey of 222 clinicians,65 90% of responders reported ever having prescribed extended or continuous dosing regimens to adolescents, and 33% reported that extended cycles made up more than 10% of their total oral contraceptive prescriptions.

Myths and misperceptions about menstrual manipulation abound. Many clinicians believe that routine use of an extended or continuous oral contraceptive regimen is inadvisable, despite the lack of evidence to support this notion.66 Therefore, many care providers need more education about the practice and benefits of menstrual manipulation.

 

 

THE RIGHT METHOD FOR THE RIGHT PATIENT

Manipulation and suppression of menstruation through continuous or extended use of oral contraceptives or by other means may have a number of advantages to women, including fewer menstrual-related syndromes, reduced absenteeism from work or school, and greater overall satisfaction.

For women whose goal is to reduce but not necessarily to eliminate monthly bleeding, the cyclic use of estrogen-progestin contraception (rather than progestins alone or continuous use of combined hormonal preparations) is suggested.

For women whose goal is amenorrhea, depot medroxyprogesterone acetate injections, continuous oral contraceptives, and the levonorgestrel intrauterine device are all effective.67 Although randomized trials comparing these methods have not been done, depot medroxyprogesterone appears to have the highest rate of amenorrhea, while the levonorgestrel intrauterine device is the most convenient and appears to be associated with fewer bothersome side effects than progestin injection.68 Patients using depot medroxyprogesterone should have their bone density followed to detect and prevent bone loss, while users of estrogenprogestin pills, the transdermal patch, or the vaginal ring should not have any contraindications to the use of contraceptive doses of estrogen (Table 2).69

Clinicians should not overestimate the risks of oral contraceptives and other hormonal methods, but rather educate themselves so that they can utilize menstrual manipulation safely to match the individual patient’s needs.

References
  1. Association of Reproductive Health Professionals. Extended and continuous use of contraceptives to reduce menstruation. September 2004. http://www.arhp.org/publications-and-resources/clinical-proceedings/reduce-menses. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  2. Kjerulff KH, Erickson BA, Langenberg PW. Chronic gynecological conditions reported by US women: findings from the National Health Interview Survey, 1984 to 1992. Am J Public Health 1996; 86:195199.
  3. Thomas SL, Ellertson C. Nuisance or natural and healthy: should monthly menstruation be optional for women? Lancet 2000; 355:922924.
  4. Connell EB. Contraception in the prepill era. Contraception 1999; 59(suppl 1):7S10S.
  5. Marks LV. Sexual chemistry: a history of the contraceptive pill. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2001.
  6. Loudon NB, Foxwell M, Potts DM, Guild AL, Short RV. Acceptability of an oral contraceptive that reduces the frequency of menstruation: the tri-cycle pill regimen. Br Med J 1977; 2:487490.
  7. Sulak PJ, Cressman BE, Waldrop E, Holleman S, Kuehl TJ. Extending the duration of active oral contraceptive pills to manage hormone withdrawal symptoms. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 89:179183.
  8. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception 1997; 56:341352.
  9. Miller L, Notter KM. Menstrual reduction with extended use of combination oral contraceptive pills: randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2001; 98:771778.
  10. Mulders TM, Dieben TO. Use of the novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring NuvaRing for ovulation inhibition. Fertil Steril 2001; 75:865870.
  11. Stanford JB, Mikolajczyk RT. Mechanisms of action of intrauterine devices: update and estimation of postfertilization effects. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16991708.
  12. Anderson FD, Hait H. A multicenter, randomized study of an extended cycle oral contraceptive. Contraception 2003; 68:8996.
  13. Miller L, Hughes JP. Continuous combination oral contraceptive pills to eliminate withdrawal bleeding: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:653661.
  14. Sillem M, Schneidereit R, Heithecker R, Mueck AO. Use of an oral contraceptive containing drospirenone in an extended regimen. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care 2003; 8:162169.
  15. Miller L, Verhoeven CH, Hout J. Extended regimens of the contraceptive vaginal ring: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106:473482.
  16. Stewart FH, Kaunitz AM, Laguardia KD, Karvois DL, Fisher AC, Friedman AJ. Extended use of transdermal norelgestromin/ethinyl estradiol: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 105:13891396.
  17. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Coffee A, Willis S. Prospective analysis of occurrence and management of breakthrough bleeding during an extended oral contraceptive regimen. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:935941.
  18. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel– releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:673677.
  19. Anderson FD, Feldman R, Reape KZ. Endometrial effects of a 91-day extended-regimen oral contraceptive with low-dose estrogen in place of placebo. Contraception 2008; 77:9196.
  20. Wright KP, Johnson JV. Evaluation of extended and continuous use oral contraceptives. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2008; 4:905911.
  21. Edelman AB, Gallo MF, Jensen JT, Nichols MD, Schulz KF, Grimes DA. Continuous or extended cycle vs. cyclic use of combined oral contraceptives for contraception. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005; 3:CD004695.
  22. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Ortiz M, Shull BL. Acceptance of altering the standard 21-day/7-day oral contraceptive regimen to delay menses and reduce hormone withdrawal symptoms. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 186:11421149.
  23. Turok D. The quest for better contraception: future methods. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2007; 34:137166.
  24. Bergqvist A, Rybo G. Treatment of menorrhagia with intrauterine release of progesterone. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1983; 90:255258.
  25. Andersson K, Odlind V, Rybo G. Levonorgestrel-releasing and copper-releasing (Nova T) IUDs during five years of use: a randomized comparative trial. Contraception 1994; 49:5672.
  26. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves Additional Use for IUD Mirena to Treat Heavy Menstrual Bleeding in IUD Users. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm184747.htm. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  27. Hidalgo M, Bahamondes L, Perrotti M, Diaz J, Dantas-Monteiro C, Petta C. Bleeding patterns and clinical performance of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena) up to two years. Contraception 2002; 65:129132.
  28. Schwallie PC, Assenzo JR. Contraceptive use—efficacy study utilizing medroxyprogesterone acetate administered as an intramuscular injection once every 90 days. Fertil Steril 1973; 24:331339.
  29. Kaunitz AM. Injectable contraception. New and existing options. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:741780.
  30. Mainwaring R, Hales HA, Stevenson K, et al. Metabolic parameter, bleeding, and weight changes in US women using progestin only contraceptives. Contraception 1995; 51:149153.
  31. Curtis KM, Martins SL. Progestogen-only contraception and bone mineral density: a systematic review. Contraception 2006; 73:470487.
  32. Shaarawy M, El-Mallah SY, Seoudi S, Hassan M, Mohsen IA. Effects of the long-term use of depot medroxyprogesterone acetate as hormonal contraceptive on bone mineral density and biochemical markers of bone remodeling. Contraception 2006; 74:297302.
  33. Cromer BA, Bonny AE, Stager M, et al. Bone mineral density in adolescent females using injectable or oral contraceptives: a 24-month prospective study. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:20602067.
  34. Rome E, Ziegler J, Secic M, et al. Bone biochemical markers in adolescent girls using either depot medroxyprogesterone acetate or an oral contraceptive. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 2004; 17:373377.
  35. More C, Bettembuk P, Bhattoa HP, Balogh A. The effects of pregnancy and lactation on bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int 2001; 12:732737.
  36. Kaunitz AM, Miller PD, Rice VM, Ross D, McClung MR. Bone mineral density in women aged 25-35 years receiving depot medroxyprogesterone acetate: recovery following discontinuation. Contraception 2006; 74:9099.
  37. Guilbert ER, Brown JP, Kaunitz AM, et al. The use of depot-medroxyprogesterone acetate in contraception and its potential impact on skeletal health. Contraception 2009; 79:167177.
  38. Bonny AE, Ziegler J, Harvey R, Debanne SM, Secic M, Cromer BA. Weight gain in obese and nonobese adolescent girls initiating depot medroxyprogesterone, oral contraceptive pills, or no hormonal contraceptive method. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006; 160:4045.
  39. van den Heuvel MW, van Bragt AJ, Alnabawy AK, Kaptein MC. Comparison of ethinylestradiol pharmacokinetics in three hormonal contraceptive formulations: the vaginal ring, the transdermal patch and an oral contraceptive. Contraception 2005; 72:168174.
  40. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Holbrook A, Crowther M, Duku EK, Burrows RF. A reevaluation of the risk for venous thromboembolism with the use of oral contraceptives and hormone replacement therapy. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:15221530.
  41. Cole JA, Norman H, Doherty M, Walker AM. Venous thromboembolism, myocardial infarction, and stroke among transdermal contraceptive system users. Obstet Gynecol 2007; 109:339346.
  42. Jick S, Kaye JA, Li L, Jick H. Further results on the risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism in users of the contraceptive transdermal patch compared to users of oral contraceptives containing norgestimate and 35 microg of ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2007; 76:47.
  43. World Health Organization. Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use. 3rd ed. Geneva: Reproductive Health and Research, World Health Organization; 2004.
  44. Dieben TO, Roumen FJ, Apter D. Efficacy, cycle control, and user acceptability of a novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 100:585593.
  45. Davies GC, Feng LX, Newton JR, Dieben TO, Coelingh-Bennink HJ. The effects of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring releasing ethinyloestradiol and 3-ketodesogestrel on vaginal flora. Contraception 1992; 45:511518.
  46. Roumen FJ, Boon ME, van Velzen D, Dieben TO, Coelingh Bennink HJ. The cervico-vaginal epithelium during 20 cycles’ use of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Hum Reprod 1996; 11:24432448.
  47. Wenzl R, van Beek A, Schnabel P, Huber J. Pharmacokinetics of etonogestrel released from the contraceptive implant Implanon. Contraception 1998; 58:283288.
  48. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, Shapiro LS, Kaunitz AM. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril 2009; 91:16461653.
  49. Jensen JT, Speroff L. Health benefits of oral contraceptives. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:705721.
  50. Seracchioli R, Mabrouk M, Frascà C, et al. Long-term cyclic and continuous oral contraceptive therapy and endometrioma recurrence: a randomized controlled trial. Fertil Steril 2010; 93:5256.
  51. Falsetti L, Dordoni D, Gastaldi C, Gastaldi A. A new association of ethinylestradiol (0.035 mg) cyproterone acetate (2 mg) in the therapy of polycystic ovary syndrome. Acta Eur Fertil 1986; 17:1925.
  52. Koltun W, Lucky AW, Thiboutot D, et al. Efficacy and safety of 3 mg drospirenone/20 mcg ethinylestradiol oral contraceptive administered in 24/4 regimen in the treatment of acne vulgaris: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Contraception 2008; 77:249256.
  53. Kadir RA, Sabin CA, Pollard D, Lee CA, Economides DL. Quality of life during menstruation in patients with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 1998; 4:836841.
  54. Schneider MB, Fisher M, Friedman SB, Bijur PE, Toffler AP. Menstrual and premenstrual issues in female military cadets: a unique population with significant concerns. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 1999; 12:195201.
  55. Bennell K, White S, Crossley K. The oral contraceptive pill: a revolution for sportswomen? Br J Sports Med 1999; 33:231238.
  56. Kaplowitz PB, Oberfield SE. Reexamination of the age limit for defining when puberty is precocious in girls in the United States: implications for evaluation and treatment. Drug and Therapeutics and Executive Committees of the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric Endocrine Society. Pediatrics 1999; 104:936941.
  57. Roxburgh DR, West MJ. The use of norethisterone to suppress menstruation in the intellectually severely retarded woman. Med J Aust 1973; 2:310313.
  58. Egan TM, Siegert RJ, Fairley NA. Use of hormonal contraceptives in an institutional setting: reasons for use, consent and safety in women with psychiatric and intellectual disabilities. N Z Med J 1993; 106:338341.
  59. Pillai M, O’Brien K, Hill E. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system (Mirena) for the treatment of menstrual problems in adolescents with medical disorders, or physical or learning disabilities. BJOG 2010; 117:216221.
  60. Archer DF, Jensen JT, Johnson JV, Borisute H, Grubb GS, Constantine GD. Evaluation of a continuous regimen of levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol: phase 3 study results. Contraception 2006; 74:439445.
  61. Kroll R, Reape KZ, Margolis M. The efficacy and safety of a low-dose, 91-day, extended-regimen oral contraceptive with continuous ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2010; 81:4148.
  62. Archer DF. Menstrual-cycle-related symptoms: a review of the rationale for continuous use of oral contraceptives. Contraception 2006; 74:359366.
  63. den Tonkelaar I, Oddens BJ. Preferred frequency and characteristics of menstrual bleeding in relation to reproductive status, oral contraceptive use, and hormone replacement therapy use. Contraception 1999; 59:357362.
  64. Edelman A, Lew R, Cwiak C, Nichols M, Jensen J. Acceptability of contraceptive-induced amenorrhea in a racially diverse group of US women. Contraception 2007; 75:450453.
  65. Gerschultz KL, Sucato GS, Hennon TR, Murray PJ, Gold MA. Extended cycling of combined hormonal contraceptives in adolescents: physician views and prescribing practices. J Adolesc Health 2007; 40:151157.
  66. Frankovich RJ, Lebrun CM. Menstrual cycle, contraception, and performance. Clin Sports Med 2000; 19:251271.
  67. Speroff L, Darney PD. A Clinical Guide for Contraception. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
  68. Kaunitz AM. Long-acting contraceptive options. Int J Fertil Menopausal Stud 1996; 41:6976.
  69. US Food and Drug Administration. Guidance for Industry Labeling for Combined Oral Contraceptives, 2004. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/Guidances/ucm075075.pdfAccessed May 17, 2010.
References
  1. Association of Reproductive Health Professionals. Extended and continuous use of contraceptives to reduce menstruation. September 2004. http://www.arhp.org/publications-and-resources/clinical-proceedings/reduce-menses. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  2. Kjerulff KH, Erickson BA, Langenberg PW. Chronic gynecological conditions reported by US women: findings from the National Health Interview Survey, 1984 to 1992. Am J Public Health 1996; 86:195199.
  3. Thomas SL, Ellertson C. Nuisance or natural and healthy: should monthly menstruation be optional for women? Lancet 2000; 355:922924.
  4. Connell EB. Contraception in the prepill era. Contraception 1999; 59(suppl 1):7S10S.
  5. Marks LV. Sexual chemistry: a history of the contraceptive pill. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2001.
  6. Loudon NB, Foxwell M, Potts DM, Guild AL, Short RV. Acceptability of an oral contraceptive that reduces the frequency of menstruation: the tri-cycle pill regimen. Br Med J 1977; 2:487490.
  7. Sulak PJ, Cressman BE, Waldrop E, Holleman S, Kuehl TJ. Extending the duration of active oral contraceptive pills to manage hormone withdrawal symptoms. Obstet Gynecol 1997; 89:179183.
  8. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception 1997; 56:341352.
  9. Miller L, Notter KM. Menstrual reduction with extended use of combination oral contraceptive pills: randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2001; 98:771778.
  10. Mulders TM, Dieben TO. Use of the novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring NuvaRing for ovulation inhibition. Fertil Steril 2001; 75:865870.
  11. Stanford JB, Mikolajczyk RT. Mechanisms of action of intrauterine devices: update and estimation of postfertilization effects. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16991708.
  12. Anderson FD, Hait H. A multicenter, randomized study of an extended cycle oral contraceptive. Contraception 2003; 68:8996.
  13. Miller L, Hughes JP. Continuous combination oral contraceptive pills to eliminate withdrawal bleeding: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:653661.
  14. Sillem M, Schneidereit R, Heithecker R, Mueck AO. Use of an oral contraceptive containing drospirenone in an extended regimen. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care 2003; 8:162169.
  15. Miller L, Verhoeven CH, Hout J. Extended regimens of the contraceptive vaginal ring: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 106:473482.
  16. Stewart FH, Kaunitz AM, Laguardia KD, Karvois DL, Fisher AC, Friedman AJ. Extended use of transdermal norelgestromin/ethinyl estradiol: a randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2005; 105:13891396.
  17. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Coffee A, Willis S. Prospective analysis of occurrence and management of breakthrough bleeding during an extended oral contraceptive regimen. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:935941.
  18. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel– releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:673677.
  19. Anderson FD, Feldman R, Reape KZ. Endometrial effects of a 91-day extended-regimen oral contraceptive with low-dose estrogen in place of placebo. Contraception 2008; 77:9196.
  20. Wright KP, Johnson JV. Evaluation of extended and continuous use oral contraceptives. Ther Clin Risk Manag 2008; 4:905911.
  21. Edelman AB, Gallo MF, Jensen JT, Nichols MD, Schulz KF, Grimes DA. Continuous or extended cycle vs. cyclic use of combined oral contraceptives for contraception. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2005; 3:CD004695.
  22. Sulak PJ, Kuehl TJ, Ortiz M, Shull BL. Acceptance of altering the standard 21-day/7-day oral contraceptive regimen to delay menses and reduce hormone withdrawal symptoms. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 186:11421149.
  23. Turok D. The quest for better contraception: future methods. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2007; 34:137166.
  24. Bergqvist A, Rybo G. Treatment of menorrhagia with intrauterine release of progesterone. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1983; 90:255258.
  25. Andersson K, Odlind V, Rybo G. Levonorgestrel-releasing and copper-releasing (Nova T) IUDs during five years of use: a randomized comparative trial. Contraception 1994; 49:5672.
  26. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves Additional Use for IUD Mirena to Treat Heavy Menstrual Bleeding in IUD Users. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm184747.htm. Accessed May 17, 2010.
  27. Hidalgo M, Bahamondes L, Perrotti M, Diaz J, Dantas-Monteiro C, Petta C. Bleeding patterns and clinical performance of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (Mirena) up to two years. Contraception 2002; 65:129132.
  28. Schwallie PC, Assenzo JR. Contraceptive use—efficacy study utilizing medroxyprogesterone acetate administered as an intramuscular injection once every 90 days. Fertil Steril 1973; 24:331339.
  29. Kaunitz AM. Injectable contraception. New and existing options. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:741780.
  30. Mainwaring R, Hales HA, Stevenson K, et al. Metabolic parameter, bleeding, and weight changes in US women using progestin only contraceptives. Contraception 1995; 51:149153.
  31. Curtis KM, Martins SL. Progestogen-only contraception and bone mineral density: a systematic review. Contraception 2006; 73:470487.
  32. Shaarawy M, El-Mallah SY, Seoudi S, Hassan M, Mohsen IA. Effects of the long-term use of depot medroxyprogesterone acetate as hormonal contraceptive on bone mineral density and biochemical markers of bone remodeling. Contraception 2006; 74:297302.
  33. Cromer BA, Bonny AE, Stager M, et al. Bone mineral density in adolescent females using injectable or oral contraceptives: a 24-month prospective study. Fertil Steril 2008; 90:20602067.
  34. Rome E, Ziegler J, Secic M, et al. Bone biochemical markers in adolescent girls using either depot medroxyprogesterone acetate or an oral contraceptive. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 2004; 17:373377.
  35. More C, Bettembuk P, Bhattoa HP, Balogh A. The effects of pregnancy and lactation on bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int 2001; 12:732737.
  36. Kaunitz AM, Miller PD, Rice VM, Ross D, McClung MR. Bone mineral density in women aged 25-35 years receiving depot medroxyprogesterone acetate: recovery following discontinuation. Contraception 2006; 74:9099.
  37. Guilbert ER, Brown JP, Kaunitz AM, et al. The use of depot-medroxyprogesterone acetate in contraception and its potential impact on skeletal health. Contraception 2009; 79:167177.
  38. Bonny AE, Ziegler J, Harvey R, Debanne SM, Secic M, Cromer BA. Weight gain in obese and nonobese adolescent girls initiating depot medroxyprogesterone, oral contraceptive pills, or no hormonal contraceptive method. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006; 160:4045.
  39. van den Heuvel MW, van Bragt AJ, Alnabawy AK, Kaptein MC. Comparison of ethinylestradiol pharmacokinetics in three hormonal contraceptive formulations: the vaginal ring, the transdermal patch and an oral contraceptive. Contraception 2005; 72:168174.
  40. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Holbrook A, Crowther M, Duku EK, Burrows RF. A reevaluation of the risk for venous thromboembolism with the use of oral contraceptives and hormone replacement therapy. Arch Intern Med 1997; 157:15221530.
  41. Cole JA, Norman H, Doherty M, Walker AM. Venous thromboembolism, myocardial infarction, and stroke among transdermal contraceptive system users. Obstet Gynecol 2007; 109:339346.
  42. Jick S, Kaye JA, Li L, Jick H. Further results on the risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism in users of the contraceptive transdermal patch compared to users of oral contraceptives containing norgestimate and 35 microg of ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2007; 76:47.
  43. World Health Organization. Medical Eligibility Criteria for Contraceptive Use. 3rd ed. Geneva: Reproductive Health and Research, World Health Organization; 2004.
  44. Dieben TO, Roumen FJ, Apter D. Efficacy, cycle control, and user acceptability of a novel combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Obstet Gynecol 2002; 100:585593.
  45. Davies GC, Feng LX, Newton JR, Dieben TO, Coelingh-Bennink HJ. The effects of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring releasing ethinyloestradiol and 3-ketodesogestrel on vaginal flora. Contraception 1992; 45:511518.
  46. Roumen FJ, Boon ME, van Velzen D, Dieben TO, Coelingh Bennink HJ. The cervico-vaginal epithelium during 20 cycles’ use of a combined contraceptive vaginal ring. Hum Reprod 1996; 11:24432448.
  47. Wenzl R, van Beek A, Schnabel P, Huber J. Pharmacokinetics of etonogestrel released from the contraceptive implant Implanon. Contraception 1998; 58:283288.
  48. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, Shapiro LS, Kaunitz AM. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril 2009; 91:16461653.
  49. Jensen JT, Speroff L. Health benefits of oral contraceptives. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am 2000; 27:705721.
  50. Seracchioli R, Mabrouk M, Frascà C, et al. Long-term cyclic and continuous oral contraceptive therapy and endometrioma recurrence: a randomized controlled trial. Fertil Steril 2010; 93:5256.
  51. Falsetti L, Dordoni D, Gastaldi C, Gastaldi A. A new association of ethinylestradiol (0.035 mg) cyproterone acetate (2 mg) in the therapy of polycystic ovary syndrome. Acta Eur Fertil 1986; 17:1925.
  52. Koltun W, Lucky AW, Thiboutot D, et al. Efficacy and safety of 3 mg drospirenone/20 mcg ethinylestradiol oral contraceptive administered in 24/4 regimen in the treatment of acne vulgaris: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Contraception 2008; 77:249256.
  53. Kadir RA, Sabin CA, Pollard D, Lee CA, Economides DL. Quality of life during menstruation in patients with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 1998; 4:836841.
  54. Schneider MB, Fisher M, Friedman SB, Bijur PE, Toffler AP. Menstrual and premenstrual issues in female military cadets: a unique population with significant concerns. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol 1999; 12:195201.
  55. Bennell K, White S, Crossley K. The oral contraceptive pill: a revolution for sportswomen? Br J Sports Med 1999; 33:231238.
  56. Kaplowitz PB, Oberfield SE. Reexamination of the age limit for defining when puberty is precocious in girls in the United States: implications for evaluation and treatment. Drug and Therapeutics and Executive Committees of the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric Endocrine Society. Pediatrics 1999; 104:936941.
  57. Roxburgh DR, West MJ. The use of norethisterone to suppress menstruation in the intellectually severely retarded woman. Med J Aust 1973; 2:310313.
  58. Egan TM, Siegert RJ, Fairley NA. Use of hormonal contraceptives in an institutional setting: reasons for use, consent and safety in women with psychiatric and intellectual disabilities. N Z Med J 1993; 106:338341.
  59. Pillai M, O’Brien K, Hill E. The levonorgestrel intrauterine system (Mirena) for the treatment of menstrual problems in adolescents with medical disorders, or physical or learning disabilities. BJOG 2010; 117:216221.
  60. Archer DF, Jensen JT, Johnson JV, Borisute H, Grubb GS, Constantine GD. Evaluation of a continuous regimen of levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol: phase 3 study results. Contraception 2006; 74:439445.
  61. Kroll R, Reape KZ, Margolis M. The efficacy and safety of a low-dose, 91-day, extended-regimen oral contraceptive with continuous ethinyl estradiol. Contraception 2010; 81:4148.
  62. Archer DF. Menstrual-cycle-related symptoms: a review of the rationale for continuous use of oral contraceptives. Contraception 2006; 74:359366.
  63. den Tonkelaar I, Oddens BJ. Preferred frequency and characteristics of menstrual bleeding in relation to reproductive status, oral contraceptive use, and hormone replacement therapy use. Contraception 1999; 59:357362.
  64. Edelman A, Lew R, Cwiak C, Nichols M, Jensen J. Acceptability of contraceptive-induced amenorrhea in a racially diverse group of US women. Contraception 2007; 75:450453.
  65. Gerschultz KL, Sucato GS, Hennon TR, Murray PJ, Gold MA. Extended cycling of combined hormonal contraceptives in adolescents: physician views and prescribing practices. J Adolesc Health 2007; 40:151157.
  66. Frankovich RJ, Lebrun CM. Menstrual cycle, contraception, and performance. Clin Sports Med 2000; 19:251271.
  67. Speroff L, Darney PD. A Clinical Guide for Contraception. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
  68. Kaunitz AM. Long-acting contraceptive options. Int J Fertil Menopausal Stud 1996; 41:6976.
  69. US Food and Drug Administration. Guidance for Industry Labeling for Combined Oral Contraceptives, 2004. http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/Guidances/ucm075075.pdfAccessed May 17, 2010.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(7)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 77(7)
Page Number
445-453
Page Number
445-453
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Menstrual manipulation: Options for suppressing the cycle
Display Headline
Menstrual manipulation: Options for suppressing the cycle
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The options for menstrual manipulation are extended or continuous regimens of oral, transdermal, or vaginal hormonal contraceptives; a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device; a progestin implant; and depot medroxyprogesterone injections.
  • Benefits include fewer menstrual-related syndromes, less absenteeism from work or school, and greater overall satisfaction. Medical indications for it are conditions exacerbated by hormonal changes around the time of menses.
  • The main disadvantage is a higher rate of breakthrough bleeding.
  • Myths and misperceptions about menstrual manipulation persist; some physicians believe it is somehow inadvisable.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Family Physicians’ Personal Experiences of Their Fathers’ Health Care

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/14/2019 - 11:07
Display Headline
Family Physicians’ Personal Experiences of Their Fathers’ Health Care

OBJECTIVE: The American health care system is complicated and can be difficult to navigate. The physician who observes the care of a family member has a uniquely informed perspective on this system. We hoped to gain insight into some of the shortcomings of the health care system from the personal experiences of physician family members.

STUDY DESIGN: Using a key informant technique, we invited by E-mail any of the chairpersons of US academic departments of family medicine to describe their recent personal experiences with the health care system when their parent was seriously ill. In-depth, semi-structured telephone interviews were conducted with each of the study participants. The interviews were transcribed, coded, and labeled for themes.

POPULATION: Eight family physicians responded to the E-mail, and each was interviewed. These physicians had been in practice for an average of 19 years, were nationally distributed, and included both men and women. Each discussed his or her father’s experience.

RESULTS: All participants spoke of the importance of an advocate for their fathers who would coordinate medical care. These physicians witnessed various obstacles in their fathers’ care, such as poor communication and fragmented care. As a result, many of them felt compelled to intervene in their fathers’ care. The physicians expressed concern about the care their fathers received, believing that the system does not operate the way it should.

CONCLUSIONS: Even patients with a knowledgeable physician family member face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. Patients might receive better treatment if health care systems reinforced the role of an accountable attending physician, encouraged continuity of care, and emphasized the value of knowing the patient as a person.

Patients can experience great difficulties in navigating the US medical system. They are faced with complicated decisions in a system that is often fragmented, episodic, and disease oriented.1 As highlighted by the recent Institute of Medicine report,2 the system’s complexity contributes to medical errors that harm patients. The patient with a physician family member, however, has a unique advocate for their health care.3 The physician family member has intimate knowledge of the patient, as well as an expert understanding of the system.4 Although previous studies have documented the conflicting roles of physician family members, we used the perceptions of these informed observers to illuminate the experiences of patients in the current system.5

Using a key informant interviewing technique,6 we solicited the chairpersons of academic departments of family medicine for their personal experiences with the health care system on the occasion when their own parents were seriously ill and required medical care. These family physicians were experts in coordination of care, continuity of care, and navigating the health care system. They were uniquely positioned to comment on the process and quality of care that their fathers received.4,7

Our sample is unique, and the experiences of these physicians are not directly generalizable to the population at large. These physician family members, however, offered a special opportunity to observe the performance of the health care system on a personal level. We hoped that their insights would illuminate the challenges facing patients in our health care system and point to strategies that could improve care.

Methods

Using E-mail, we solicited responses from the chairs of every academic allopathic family medicine department in the United States. E-mail addresses were obtained from the national listserve of the Association of Departments of Family Medicine. The respondents were eligible to participate if either of their parents had experienced a serious or terminal illness episode within the past 5 years. Since this was a key informant analysis, we purposely sought and were satisfied with a sample of volunteers and did not pursue methods of increasing the response rate. All physicians provided verbal and written consent to participate in our study. The study was approved by the University of Washington Human Subjects Review Committee. Particular effort was taken to ensure the confidentiality of the physicians. Personal identifiers were removed from the transcripts, and the authors have been cautious to avoid reporting identifiable details of the individual cases.

One of the authors (F.M.C.) conducted in-depth, semi-structured interviews with each of the study physicians using a field-tested interview template.8 The instrument consisted of open-ended questions and focused on the physicians’ responses to their fathers’ care Table w1.* The interviews began with the physicians’ narratives of their fathers’ illnesses. All interviews were conducted by telephone and were audiotaped and transcribed. The initial interviews lasted 45 minutes to 1 hour.

Two of the authors (F.M.C., L.A.G.) read, coded, and labeled the transcripts for themes, using an open-coding technique. Using an iterative analysis, themes were expanded and refined during rereading of the transcripts by all 3 authors.9 After all themes were identified, the study physicians were re-interviewed. The second interviews ensured the reliability of the initial interviews but also served to validate and clarify themes that had emerged during the analysis.10,11 The second interviews, lasting 15 to 20 minutes, were also audiotaped, transcribed, and analyzed.

 

 

Eight family physicians were willing to participate, met the eligibility criteria, and consented to be interviewed. Geographically, the physicians were widely distributed. The mean age of the study participants was 47.5 years (range = 43 - 54 years). Six of the physicians were men. The physicians had been in practice for an average of 19.4 years. Although they had been solicited for the illness episodes of either parent, all participants related experiences with their fathers. Of the 8 physicians’ fathers,5 died during or shortly after the reported illness episode.

Results

All of the physicians witnessed and reported challenges in the medical care of their fathers. Although the details of each story were quite different, there were common themes that emerged from all of the narratives Table 1. The physicians described their fathers’ need for an advocate, being compelled to act on behalf of their fathers, and an abiding inner discord about the care their fathers received.

Need for an Advocate

All of the physicians described the importance of an advocate for their fathers, someone who could navigate and coordinate his medical care.

“I think the system is so complex, that what families need are guides, people who understand the system and who can work with the individual and the family and then translate that into getting the system to work the way it needs to.” (Physician A)

As a patient’s medical care becomes increasingly complex, the advocate becomes more important and, ironically, more elusive. In many cases the responsibility for being the advocate fell to the physician family member.

“I felt that somehow I had to get in there and protect my dad, protect my family, and advocate for them. Knowing that everything that had been done was going wrong, it was hard. So the system really didn’t give me someone who I could talk to, who would understand me, understand our family, and understand the issues.” (Physician B)

“My brother’s statement was, “I don’t see how any family can go through something like this, if there’s not a family member that’s a physician.” (Physician C)

Compelled to Rescue

The physician family members expressed reluctance about taking the responsibility of being their fathers’ medical advocate. Many had strong feelings that they should not be involved with their fathers’ care.

“I knew I could not view the situation objectively. I really tried to walk that line of being just a concerned family member—but when things are so blatantly obvious, I finally couldn’t stay in the bushes anymore. I had to come out. You know, what good is all that training if you can’t help your own family?” (Physician D)

As a result of the obstacles to the optimal care of their fathers, the physicians found themselves taking an active role in their fathers’ care. There were many different challenges that compelled the physicians to intervene on behalf of their fathers. For example, they described a lack of responsiveness by providers, poor communication and confusion, a loss of continuity of care, and medical mistakes. Poor relationships between physicians and the patient were present in many of the narratives. In one case, the physician’s father suffered an acute myocardial infarction and was taken to the emergency department.

“And I said, ‘I saw the EKG. It looks like he’s had an MI. He’s been here for almost an hour. He’s not had aspirin or nitroglycerin yet.’ And the ER doc said, ‘Well, that’s what I’m in here to do.’ And I said, ‘Well then don’t spend your time trying to figure out if it’s indigestion or chest pain.’ So I’m sure I got labeled, but I could have been a layperson and known you were supposed to get aspirin and nitroglycerin. I couldn’t believe that they were taking all that time to do that.” (Physician E)

Another physician’s father, who had been sedated, awoke to find a personal keepsake missing.

“The most upsetting thing about the whole thing was [that] they took a very adversarial stance and started blaming us. ‘Well, he’s demented, so he must have thrown it away,’ or ‘In these cases it’s usually a family member who’s taken it.’ And at that point he was just devastated, and he lost hope. He said, ‘Now my cross is gone, and I’m going to die.’ (Physician F)

These physicians had a position of power and control in the system, and they were able to affect the course of medical care of their fathers. One physician’s father was hospitalized for treatment of a pericardial hemorrhage following aortic valve replacement.

 

 

“The post-op course became fairly stormy with pulmonary congestion, poor blood gases. A variety of specialties were consulted, and there were plans for a thoracentesis—this, that, and the other thing going on. Finally I couldn’t stand things much longer and I wrote 2 pages of orders. I essentially discharged him from the hospital and got him back involved with his family physician. Nobody was looking at the whole picture, and it was clear to me that I had to get him out of there.” (Physician D)

Interviewer: “Did you ever feel conflicted about intervening in that role?”

“Oh, it was terrible! On the other hand, you know at the end I was so pushed that I really felt that if I didn’t do something that he would die of iatrogenesis.” (Physician D)

Abiding Inner Discord

There was a strong sense of discord about the performance of the health care system. Invariably, these physicians observed deficiencies in the care of their fathers, and they recognized that the system was not performing or responding in the way it should.

“[You are] frustrated by the fact that you know that they can do a lot better when they really want to. I have 20 years at this place, and damn it, the least they can do is treat my father well. If this is the best they can do, what does that say about the average treatment that the average patient gets?” (Physician F)

The physicians expressed concern for the experiences of other patients. For the most part, they felt that their fathers benefited from their personal involvement. That option, however, is unavailable to most patients.

“It scares the hell out of me because what I have come to conclude is that the system’s working well for my father is the exception, rather than the rule. In the other family members that I have been involved with—my grandmother, my uncle, and most recently my mom—my level of involvement was more than it would have been otherwise, because the system was functioning so poorly. It is very scary to me, because 99% of the people accessing the systems don’t have anybody advocating for them that way.” (Physician G)

These physicians were not just malcontents within the health care system. They carried a deep ambivalence about their views of health care. They struggled to reconcile their professional pride with the imperfections in their fathers’ care. Some of the physicians questioned their own involvement in the profession and system that can produce such incongruities.

“I just feel kind of helpless in the face of what [patients] actually run into. You know, when they come back and say, ‘I had a terrible experience.’ I feel responsible for that. I feel embarrassed to be a part of a profession that doesn’t see that as something that’s important.” (Physician B)

“I think he actually got better treatment because of his family medical web of connections than most people would get. And I have some sense of discord about that. We spend so much, we have so many doctors, why is it so hard to make the system work?” (Physician A)

The persistence of their feelings of inner discord was remarkable. Months after the initial interviews and sometimes years after their fathers’ illness episodes, all the physicians expressed some degree of ongoing personal trauma, sometimes silently harboring painful doubts.

“Yeah, there’s some lingering doubt that I continue to think about. And I keep thinking that it would be harder on my mother if I pursued it than it is to leave it alone. If it were just me, I might actually go to a lawyer and ask them to request the records. I still think I wouldn’t know what I wish to know but it might give me some sense of closure on it.” (Physician E)

“What’s interesting is that what you’re looking for are larger issues and themes, but at a microlevel the value of doing this is an opportunity to at least tell the story one time. Because you don’t tell it to people who were there, and you don’t tell it to people who don’t ask you. So it remains something inside of you that is hard.” (Physician B)

Discussion

Even patients with intimate and knowledgeable advocates face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. The physicians in this study, in the unique position of being senior family physicians and concerned family members, felt strongly that patients need an informed, accountable advocate; each witnessed events and situations where such an advocate was absent when needed. Although they were initially reluctant to be involved in their fathers’ care, obstacles to optimal care compelled many of the physicians to intervene. As a result of these experiences, the physicians shared an ongoing inner discord about the performance of the health care system for all patients.

 

 

During the initial interviews, many physicians told their narratives as experiences with specific individuals and did not describe their observations as system-level issues. During the analysis, however, it became clear that the common themes reflected system-level characteristics. When the physicians were re-interviewed, there was universal agreement that the structure of the health care system contributes to poor communication by individual care providers and to medical errors. This observation focuses on the challenge of changing individual provider behavior without addressing the system within which the provider works.

We feel that our sample of 8 physicians was sufficient for a key informant analysis. The pool of potential informants was limited by their unique position and the requirement of having a parent with a recent serious illness episode. This physician sample was deliberately and purposefully selected. The stature of the respondents created a potential bias, a “VIP syndrome” for these physicians’ fathers.3 Rather than receiving excessive care, however, some of these patients received suboptimal or even antagonistic care.

As sons and daughters, it is possible that these physicians may be embittered about their fathers’ care, leading them to exaggerate or overstate their observations. The illness of a parent evokes intense emotions, but it also tends to rivet attention to the care being received.7 Because our informants also acted as participant-observers, it is possible that their observations lacked insight into the harm they may have caused by intervening in their fathers’ care. Despite these factors, the themes of advocacy and rescue were common to all of the physicians. The theme of abiding inner discord was strengthened by its enduring nature over time. By confirming these themes through re-interviews, we are confident that they are robust and valid for each individual as well as for the entire sample. Although these physicians’ reports of their experiences should not be considered generalizable to the population at large, they are informed expert opinions that raise serious concerns about how well the health care system is serving patients.

Our results are consistent with the burgeoning demand for improvement in our current health care system. Health care systems could affirm the continued presence of one physician who is in charge of the patient’s care and accountable to the patient and the patient’s family. Payment systems and health plan rules should not force discontinuity across different care settings. Physicians who have a relationship and previous experience with patients should be encouraged to remain involved in their care during hospitalizations. Health care begs to be rebalanced to emphasize the importance of knowing the patient at least as well as the disease process and medical technology.

We also found that these physicians’ experiences had a profound personal impact. The study physicians expressed a sense of being silenced by the system and were grateful for the relief afforded by telling their stories. This suggests that physicians and the systems they work in should create mechanisms for the discussion of troubling patient care events.

The personal experiences of these physicians hold special importance to other physicians, because they highlight the critical roles physicians are expected to play in a superior health care system. Many of the problems identified by these senior family physicians were manifest in physicians’ behaviors. Physicians should be able to express their ambivalence about problematic health care processes and encourage an environment that avoids blaming and promotes improvements. Rather than waiting for system-level change to improve health care, physicians could examine and change their own behaviors and practices.

Acknowledgments

Our paper is dedicated to Mary Lou Green, whose care at the end of her life inspired this study. The authors are indebted to Priscilla Noland and Michelle Perez for their assistance with the manuscript.

References

1. Tresolini CP, Force P-FT. Health professions education and relationship-centered care. San Francisco, Calif: Pew Health Professions Commission; 1994.

2. Institute of Medicine. To err is human: building a safer health system. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.

3. Schneck SA. ‘Doctoring’ doctors and their families. JAMA 1998;280:2039-42.

4. La Puma J, Stocking CB, La Voie D, Darling CA. When physicians treat members of their own families: practices in a community hospital. N Engl J Med 1991;325:1290-94.

5. Berwick DM. Quality comes home. Ann Intern Med 1996;125:839-43.

6. Marshall MN. The key informant technique. Fam Pract 1996;13:92-97.

7. La Puma J, Priest ER. Is there a doctor in the house? An analysis of the practice of physicians’ treating their own families. JAMA 1992;267:1810-12.

8. Morse J, Field PA. Qualitative research methods for health professionals. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications; 1995.

9. Mays N, Pope C. Rigour and qualitative research. BMJ 1995;311:109-12.

10. Patton MQ. Enhancing the quality and credibility of qualitative analysis. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1189-208.

11. Devers KJ. How will we know ‘good’ qualitative research when we see it? Beginning the dialogue in health services research. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1153-88.

Author and Disclosure Information

Frederick M. Chen, MD MPH
Lorna A. Rhodes, PhD
Larry A. Green, MD
Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Seattle, Washington, and Washington, DC
Submitted, revised, March 30, 2001.
From the Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholars Program (F.M.C.) and the Department of Anthropology (L.A.R.), University of Washington, Seattle, and The Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Washington, DC (F.M.C., L.A.G.). The views, opinions, and conclusions in this article are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. This work was presented at the 2000 North American Primary Care Research Group meeting, Amelia Island, Florida. Reprint requests should be addressed to Frederick M. Chen, MD, MPH, Agency for Health Care Research and Quality, Center for Primary Care Research, 6010 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852. E-mail: fchen@u.washington.edu.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 50(09)
Publications
Page Number
762-766
Legacy Keywords
,Physiciansfamily members [non-MESH]quality of health care. (J Fam Pract 2001; 50:762-766)
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Frederick M. Chen, MD MPH
Lorna A. Rhodes, PhD
Larry A. Green, MD
Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Seattle, Washington, and Washington, DC
Submitted, revised, March 30, 2001.
From the Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholars Program (F.M.C.) and the Department of Anthropology (L.A.R.), University of Washington, Seattle, and The Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Washington, DC (F.M.C., L.A.G.). The views, opinions, and conclusions in this article are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. This work was presented at the 2000 North American Primary Care Research Group meeting, Amelia Island, Florida. Reprint requests should be addressed to Frederick M. Chen, MD, MPH, Agency for Health Care Research and Quality, Center for Primary Care Research, 6010 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852. E-mail: fchen@u.washington.edu.

Author and Disclosure Information

Frederick M. Chen, MD MPH
Lorna A. Rhodes, PhD
Larry A. Green, MD
Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Seattle, Washington, and Washington, DC
Submitted, revised, March 30, 2001.
From the Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholars Program (F.M.C.) and the Department of Anthropology (L.A.R.), University of Washington, Seattle, and The Robert Graham Center: Policy Studies in Family Practice and Primary Care, Washington, DC (F.M.C., L.A.G.). The views, opinions, and conclusions in this article are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. This work was presented at the 2000 North American Primary Care Research Group meeting, Amelia Island, Florida. Reprint requests should be addressed to Frederick M. Chen, MD, MPH, Agency for Health Care Research and Quality, Center for Primary Care Research, 6010 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852. E-mail: fchen@u.washington.edu.

OBJECTIVE: The American health care system is complicated and can be difficult to navigate. The physician who observes the care of a family member has a uniquely informed perspective on this system. We hoped to gain insight into some of the shortcomings of the health care system from the personal experiences of physician family members.

STUDY DESIGN: Using a key informant technique, we invited by E-mail any of the chairpersons of US academic departments of family medicine to describe their recent personal experiences with the health care system when their parent was seriously ill. In-depth, semi-structured telephone interviews were conducted with each of the study participants. The interviews were transcribed, coded, and labeled for themes.

POPULATION: Eight family physicians responded to the E-mail, and each was interviewed. These physicians had been in practice for an average of 19 years, were nationally distributed, and included both men and women. Each discussed his or her father’s experience.

RESULTS: All participants spoke of the importance of an advocate for their fathers who would coordinate medical care. These physicians witnessed various obstacles in their fathers’ care, such as poor communication and fragmented care. As a result, many of them felt compelled to intervene in their fathers’ care. The physicians expressed concern about the care their fathers received, believing that the system does not operate the way it should.

CONCLUSIONS: Even patients with a knowledgeable physician family member face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. Patients might receive better treatment if health care systems reinforced the role of an accountable attending physician, encouraged continuity of care, and emphasized the value of knowing the patient as a person.

Patients can experience great difficulties in navigating the US medical system. They are faced with complicated decisions in a system that is often fragmented, episodic, and disease oriented.1 As highlighted by the recent Institute of Medicine report,2 the system’s complexity contributes to medical errors that harm patients. The patient with a physician family member, however, has a unique advocate for their health care.3 The physician family member has intimate knowledge of the patient, as well as an expert understanding of the system.4 Although previous studies have documented the conflicting roles of physician family members, we used the perceptions of these informed observers to illuminate the experiences of patients in the current system.5

Using a key informant interviewing technique,6 we solicited the chairpersons of academic departments of family medicine for their personal experiences with the health care system on the occasion when their own parents were seriously ill and required medical care. These family physicians were experts in coordination of care, continuity of care, and navigating the health care system. They were uniquely positioned to comment on the process and quality of care that their fathers received.4,7

Our sample is unique, and the experiences of these physicians are not directly generalizable to the population at large. These physician family members, however, offered a special opportunity to observe the performance of the health care system on a personal level. We hoped that their insights would illuminate the challenges facing patients in our health care system and point to strategies that could improve care.

Methods

Using E-mail, we solicited responses from the chairs of every academic allopathic family medicine department in the United States. E-mail addresses were obtained from the national listserve of the Association of Departments of Family Medicine. The respondents were eligible to participate if either of their parents had experienced a serious or terminal illness episode within the past 5 years. Since this was a key informant analysis, we purposely sought and were satisfied with a sample of volunteers and did not pursue methods of increasing the response rate. All physicians provided verbal and written consent to participate in our study. The study was approved by the University of Washington Human Subjects Review Committee. Particular effort was taken to ensure the confidentiality of the physicians. Personal identifiers were removed from the transcripts, and the authors have been cautious to avoid reporting identifiable details of the individual cases.

One of the authors (F.M.C.) conducted in-depth, semi-structured interviews with each of the study physicians using a field-tested interview template.8 The instrument consisted of open-ended questions and focused on the physicians’ responses to their fathers’ care Table w1.* The interviews began with the physicians’ narratives of their fathers’ illnesses. All interviews were conducted by telephone and were audiotaped and transcribed. The initial interviews lasted 45 minutes to 1 hour.

Two of the authors (F.M.C., L.A.G.) read, coded, and labeled the transcripts for themes, using an open-coding technique. Using an iterative analysis, themes were expanded and refined during rereading of the transcripts by all 3 authors.9 After all themes were identified, the study physicians were re-interviewed. The second interviews ensured the reliability of the initial interviews but also served to validate and clarify themes that had emerged during the analysis.10,11 The second interviews, lasting 15 to 20 minutes, were also audiotaped, transcribed, and analyzed.

 

 

Eight family physicians were willing to participate, met the eligibility criteria, and consented to be interviewed. Geographically, the physicians were widely distributed. The mean age of the study participants was 47.5 years (range = 43 - 54 years). Six of the physicians were men. The physicians had been in practice for an average of 19.4 years. Although they had been solicited for the illness episodes of either parent, all participants related experiences with their fathers. Of the 8 physicians’ fathers,5 died during or shortly after the reported illness episode.

Results

All of the physicians witnessed and reported challenges in the medical care of their fathers. Although the details of each story were quite different, there were common themes that emerged from all of the narratives Table 1. The physicians described their fathers’ need for an advocate, being compelled to act on behalf of their fathers, and an abiding inner discord about the care their fathers received.

Need for an Advocate

All of the physicians described the importance of an advocate for their fathers, someone who could navigate and coordinate his medical care.

“I think the system is so complex, that what families need are guides, people who understand the system and who can work with the individual and the family and then translate that into getting the system to work the way it needs to.” (Physician A)

As a patient’s medical care becomes increasingly complex, the advocate becomes more important and, ironically, more elusive. In many cases the responsibility for being the advocate fell to the physician family member.

“I felt that somehow I had to get in there and protect my dad, protect my family, and advocate for them. Knowing that everything that had been done was going wrong, it was hard. So the system really didn’t give me someone who I could talk to, who would understand me, understand our family, and understand the issues.” (Physician B)

“My brother’s statement was, “I don’t see how any family can go through something like this, if there’s not a family member that’s a physician.” (Physician C)

Compelled to Rescue

The physician family members expressed reluctance about taking the responsibility of being their fathers’ medical advocate. Many had strong feelings that they should not be involved with their fathers’ care.

“I knew I could not view the situation objectively. I really tried to walk that line of being just a concerned family member—but when things are so blatantly obvious, I finally couldn’t stay in the bushes anymore. I had to come out. You know, what good is all that training if you can’t help your own family?” (Physician D)

As a result of the obstacles to the optimal care of their fathers, the physicians found themselves taking an active role in their fathers’ care. There were many different challenges that compelled the physicians to intervene on behalf of their fathers. For example, they described a lack of responsiveness by providers, poor communication and confusion, a loss of continuity of care, and medical mistakes. Poor relationships between physicians and the patient were present in many of the narratives. In one case, the physician’s father suffered an acute myocardial infarction and was taken to the emergency department.

“And I said, ‘I saw the EKG. It looks like he’s had an MI. He’s been here for almost an hour. He’s not had aspirin or nitroglycerin yet.’ And the ER doc said, ‘Well, that’s what I’m in here to do.’ And I said, ‘Well then don’t spend your time trying to figure out if it’s indigestion or chest pain.’ So I’m sure I got labeled, but I could have been a layperson and known you were supposed to get aspirin and nitroglycerin. I couldn’t believe that they were taking all that time to do that.” (Physician E)

Another physician’s father, who had been sedated, awoke to find a personal keepsake missing.

“The most upsetting thing about the whole thing was [that] they took a very adversarial stance and started blaming us. ‘Well, he’s demented, so he must have thrown it away,’ or ‘In these cases it’s usually a family member who’s taken it.’ And at that point he was just devastated, and he lost hope. He said, ‘Now my cross is gone, and I’m going to die.’ (Physician F)

These physicians had a position of power and control in the system, and they were able to affect the course of medical care of their fathers. One physician’s father was hospitalized for treatment of a pericardial hemorrhage following aortic valve replacement.

 

 

“The post-op course became fairly stormy with pulmonary congestion, poor blood gases. A variety of specialties were consulted, and there were plans for a thoracentesis—this, that, and the other thing going on. Finally I couldn’t stand things much longer and I wrote 2 pages of orders. I essentially discharged him from the hospital and got him back involved with his family physician. Nobody was looking at the whole picture, and it was clear to me that I had to get him out of there.” (Physician D)

Interviewer: “Did you ever feel conflicted about intervening in that role?”

“Oh, it was terrible! On the other hand, you know at the end I was so pushed that I really felt that if I didn’t do something that he would die of iatrogenesis.” (Physician D)

Abiding Inner Discord

There was a strong sense of discord about the performance of the health care system. Invariably, these physicians observed deficiencies in the care of their fathers, and they recognized that the system was not performing or responding in the way it should.

“[You are] frustrated by the fact that you know that they can do a lot better when they really want to. I have 20 years at this place, and damn it, the least they can do is treat my father well. If this is the best they can do, what does that say about the average treatment that the average patient gets?” (Physician F)

The physicians expressed concern for the experiences of other patients. For the most part, they felt that their fathers benefited from their personal involvement. That option, however, is unavailable to most patients.

“It scares the hell out of me because what I have come to conclude is that the system’s working well for my father is the exception, rather than the rule. In the other family members that I have been involved with—my grandmother, my uncle, and most recently my mom—my level of involvement was more than it would have been otherwise, because the system was functioning so poorly. It is very scary to me, because 99% of the people accessing the systems don’t have anybody advocating for them that way.” (Physician G)

These physicians were not just malcontents within the health care system. They carried a deep ambivalence about their views of health care. They struggled to reconcile their professional pride with the imperfections in their fathers’ care. Some of the physicians questioned their own involvement in the profession and system that can produce such incongruities.

“I just feel kind of helpless in the face of what [patients] actually run into. You know, when they come back and say, ‘I had a terrible experience.’ I feel responsible for that. I feel embarrassed to be a part of a profession that doesn’t see that as something that’s important.” (Physician B)

“I think he actually got better treatment because of his family medical web of connections than most people would get. And I have some sense of discord about that. We spend so much, we have so many doctors, why is it so hard to make the system work?” (Physician A)

The persistence of their feelings of inner discord was remarkable. Months after the initial interviews and sometimes years after their fathers’ illness episodes, all the physicians expressed some degree of ongoing personal trauma, sometimes silently harboring painful doubts.

“Yeah, there’s some lingering doubt that I continue to think about. And I keep thinking that it would be harder on my mother if I pursued it than it is to leave it alone. If it were just me, I might actually go to a lawyer and ask them to request the records. I still think I wouldn’t know what I wish to know but it might give me some sense of closure on it.” (Physician E)

“What’s interesting is that what you’re looking for are larger issues and themes, but at a microlevel the value of doing this is an opportunity to at least tell the story one time. Because you don’t tell it to people who were there, and you don’t tell it to people who don’t ask you. So it remains something inside of you that is hard.” (Physician B)

Discussion

Even patients with intimate and knowledgeable advocates face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. The physicians in this study, in the unique position of being senior family physicians and concerned family members, felt strongly that patients need an informed, accountable advocate; each witnessed events and situations where such an advocate was absent when needed. Although they were initially reluctant to be involved in their fathers’ care, obstacles to optimal care compelled many of the physicians to intervene. As a result of these experiences, the physicians shared an ongoing inner discord about the performance of the health care system for all patients.

 

 

During the initial interviews, many physicians told their narratives as experiences with specific individuals and did not describe their observations as system-level issues. During the analysis, however, it became clear that the common themes reflected system-level characteristics. When the physicians were re-interviewed, there was universal agreement that the structure of the health care system contributes to poor communication by individual care providers and to medical errors. This observation focuses on the challenge of changing individual provider behavior without addressing the system within which the provider works.

We feel that our sample of 8 physicians was sufficient for a key informant analysis. The pool of potential informants was limited by their unique position and the requirement of having a parent with a recent serious illness episode. This physician sample was deliberately and purposefully selected. The stature of the respondents created a potential bias, a “VIP syndrome” for these physicians’ fathers.3 Rather than receiving excessive care, however, some of these patients received suboptimal or even antagonistic care.

As sons and daughters, it is possible that these physicians may be embittered about their fathers’ care, leading them to exaggerate or overstate their observations. The illness of a parent evokes intense emotions, but it also tends to rivet attention to the care being received.7 Because our informants also acted as participant-observers, it is possible that their observations lacked insight into the harm they may have caused by intervening in their fathers’ care. Despite these factors, the themes of advocacy and rescue were common to all of the physicians. The theme of abiding inner discord was strengthened by its enduring nature over time. By confirming these themes through re-interviews, we are confident that they are robust and valid for each individual as well as for the entire sample. Although these physicians’ reports of their experiences should not be considered generalizable to the population at large, they are informed expert opinions that raise serious concerns about how well the health care system is serving patients.

Our results are consistent with the burgeoning demand for improvement in our current health care system. Health care systems could affirm the continued presence of one physician who is in charge of the patient’s care and accountable to the patient and the patient’s family. Payment systems and health plan rules should not force discontinuity across different care settings. Physicians who have a relationship and previous experience with patients should be encouraged to remain involved in their care during hospitalizations. Health care begs to be rebalanced to emphasize the importance of knowing the patient at least as well as the disease process and medical technology.

We also found that these physicians’ experiences had a profound personal impact. The study physicians expressed a sense of being silenced by the system and were grateful for the relief afforded by telling their stories. This suggests that physicians and the systems they work in should create mechanisms for the discussion of troubling patient care events.

The personal experiences of these physicians hold special importance to other physicians, because they highlight the critical roles physicians are expected to play in a superior health care system. Many of the problems identified by these senior family physicians were manifest in physicians’ behaviors. Physicians should be able to express their ambivalence about problematic health care processes and encourage an environment that avoids blaming and promotes improvements. Rather than waiting for system-level change to improve health care, physicians could examine and change their own behaviors and practices.

Acknowledgments

Our paper is dedicated to Mary Lou Green, whose care at the end of her life inspired this study. The authors are indebted to Priscilla Noland and Michelle Perez for their assistance with the manuscript.

OBJECTIVE: The American health care system is complicated and can be difficult to navigate. The physician who observes the care of a family member has a uniquely informed perspective on this system. We hoped to gain insight into some of the shortcomings of the health care system from the personal experiences of physician family members.

STUDY DESIGN: Using a key informant technique, we invited by E-mail any of the chairpersons of US academic departments of family medicine to describe their recent personal experiences with the health care system when their parent was seriously ill. In-depth, semi-structured telephone interviews were conducted with each of the study participants. The interviews were transcribed, coded, and labeled for themes.

POPULATION: Eight family physicians responded to the E-mail, and each was interviewed. These physicians had been in practice for an average of 19 years, were nationally distributed, and included both men and women. Each discussed his or her father’s experience.

RESULTS: All participants spoke of the importance of an advocate for their fathers who would coordinate medical care. These physicians witnessed various obstacles in their fathers’ care, such as poor communication and fragmented care. As a result, many of them felt compelled to intervene in their fathers’ care. The physicians expressed concern about the care their fathers received, believing that the system does not operate the way it should.

CONCLUSIONS: Even patients with a knowledgeable physician family member face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. Patients might receive better treatment if health care systems reinforced the role of an accountable attending physician, encouraged continuity of care, and emphasized the value of knowing the patient as a person.

Patients can experience great difficulties in navigating the US medical system. They are faced with complicated decisions in a system that is often fragmented, episodic, and disease oriented.1 As highlighted by the recent Institute of Medicine report,2 the system’s complexity contributes to medical errors that harm patients. The patient with a physician family member, however, has a unique advocate for their health care.3 The physician family member has intimate knowledge of the patient, as well as an expert understanding of the system.4 Although previous studies have documented the conflicting roles of physician family members, we used the perceptions of these informed observers to illuminate the experiences of patients in the current system.5

Using a key informant interviewing technique,6 we solicited the chairpersons of academic departments of family medicine for their personal experiences with the health care system on the occasion when their own parents were seriously ill and required medical care. These family physicians were experts in coordination of care, continuity of care, and navigating the health care system. They were uniquely positioned to comment on the process and quality of care that their fathers received.4,7

Our sample is unique, and the experiences of these physicians are not directly generalizable to the population at large. These physician family members, however, offered a special opportunity to observe the performance of the health care system on a personal level. We hoped that their insights would illuminate the challenges facing patients in our health care system and point to strategies that could improve care.

Methods

Using E-mail, we solicited responses from the chairs of every academic allopathic family medicine department in the United States. E-mail addresses were obtained from the national listserve of the Association of Departments of Family Medicine. The respondents were eligible to participate if either of their parents had experienced a serious or terminal illness episode within the past 5 years. Since this was a key informant analysis, we purposely sought and were satisfied with a sample of volunteers and did not pursue methods of increasing the response rate. All physicians provided verbal and written consent to participate in our study. The study was approved by the University of Washington Human Subjects Review Committee. Particular effort was taken to ensure the confidentiality of the physicians. Personal identifiers were removed from the transcripts, and the authors have been cautious to avoid reporting identifiable details of the individual cases.

One of the authors (F.M.C.) conducted in-depth, semi-structured interviews with each of the study physicians using a field-tested interview template.8 The instrument consisted of open-ended questions and focused on the physicians’ responses to their fathers’ care Table w1.* The interviews began with the physicians’ narratives of their fathers’ illnesses. All interviews were conducted by telephone and were audiotaped and transcribed. The initial interviews lasted 45 minutes to 1 hour.

Two of the authors (F.M.C., L.A.G.) read, coded, and labeled the transcripts for themes, using an open-coding technique. Using an iterative analysis, themes were expanded and refined during rereading of the transcripts by all 3 authors.9 After all themes were identified, the study physicians were re-interviewed. The second interviews ensured the reliability of the initial interviews but also served to validate and clarify themes that had emerged during the analysis.10,11 The second interviews, lasting 15 to 20 minutes, were also audiotaped, transcribed, and analyzed.

 

 

Eight family physicians were willing to participate, met the eligibility criteria, and consented to be interviewed. Geographically, the physicians were widely distributed. The mean age of the study participants was 47.5 years (range = 43 - 54 years). Six of the physicians were men. The physicians had been in practice for an average of 19.4 years. Although they had been solicited for the illness episodes of either parent, all participants related experiences with their fathers. Of the 8 physicians’ fathers,5 died during or shortly after the reported illness episode.

Results

All of the physicians witnessed and reported challenges in the medical care of their fathers. Although the details of each story were quite different, there were common themes that emerged from all of the narratives Table 1. The physicians described their fathers’ need for an advocate, being compelled to act on behalf of their fathers, and an abiding inner discord about the care their fathers received.

Need for an Advocate

All of the physicians described the importance of an advocate for their fathers, someone who could navigate and coordinate his medical care.

“I think the system is so complex, that what families need are guides, people who understand the system and who can work with the individual and the family and then translate that into getting the system to work the way it needs to.” (Physician A)

As a patient’s medical care becomes increasingly complex, the advocate becomes more important and, ironically, more elusive. In many cases the responsibility for being the advocate fell to the physician family member.

“I felt that somehow I had to get in there and protect my dad, protect my family, and advocate for them. Knowing that everything that had been done was going wrong, it was hard. So the system really didn’t give me someone who I could talk to, who would understand me, understand our family, and understand the issues.” (Physician B)

“My brother’s statement was, “I don’t see how any family can go through something like this, if there’s not a family member that’s a physician.” (Physician C)

Compelled to Rescue

The physician family members expressed reluctance about taking the responsibility of being their fathers’ medical advocate. Many had strong feelings that they should not be involved with their fathers’ care.

“I knew I could not view the situation objectively. I really tried to walk that line of being just a concerned family member—but when things are so blatantly obvious, I finally couldn’t stay in the bushes anymore. I had to come out. You know, what good is all that training if you can’t help your own family?” (Physician D)

As a result of the obstacles to the optimal care of their fathers, the physicians found themselves taking an active role in their fathers’ care. There were many different challenges that compelled the physicians to intervene on behalf of their fathers. For example, they described a lack of responsiveness by providers, poor communication and confusion, a loss of continuity of care, and medical mistakes. Poor relationships between physicians and the patient were present in many of the narratives. In one case, the physician’s father suffered an acute myocardial infarction and was taken to the emergency department.

“And I said, ‘I saw the EKG. It looks like he’s had an MI. He’s been here for almost an hour. He’s not had aspirin or nitroglycerin yet.’ And the ER doc said, ‘Well, that’s what I’m in here to do.’ And I said, ‘Well then don’t spend your time trying to figure out if it’s indigestion or chest pain.’ So I’m sure I got labeled, but I could have been a layperson and known you were supposed to get aspirin and nitroglycerin. I couldn’t believe that they were taking all that time to do that.” (Physician E)

Another physician’s father, who had been sedated, awoke to find a personal keepsake missing.

“The most upsetting thing about the whole thing was [that] they took a very adversarial stance and started blaming us. ‘Well, he’s demented, so he must have thrown it away,’ or ‘In these cases it’s usually a family member who’s taken it.’ And at that point he was just devastated, and he lost hope. He said, ‘Now my cross is gone, and I’m going to die.’ (Physician F)

These physicians had a position of power and control in the system, and they were able to affect the course of medical care of their fathers. One physician’s father was hospitalized for treatment of a pericardial hemorrhage following aortic valve replacement.

 

 

“The post-op course became fairly stormy with pulmonary congestion, poor blood gases. A variety of specialties were consulted, and there were plans for a thoracentesis—this, that, and the other thing going on. Finally I couldn’t stand things much longer and I wrote 2 pages of orders. I essentially discharged him from the hospital and got him back involved with his family physician. Nobody was looking at the whole picture, and it was clear to me that I had to get him out of there.” (Physician D)

Interviewer: “Did you ever feel conflicted about intervening in that role?”

“Oh, it was terrible! On the other hand, you know at the end I was so pushed that I really felt that if I didn’t do something that he would die of iatrogenesis.” (Physician D)

Abiding Inner Discord

There was a strong sense of discord about the performance of the health care system. Invariably, these physicians observed deficiencies in the care of their fathers, and they recognized that the system was not performing or responding in the way it should.

“[You are] frustrated by the fact that you know that they can do a lot better when they really want to. I have 20 years at this place, and damn it, the least they can do is treat my father well. If this is the best they can do, what does that say about the average treatment that the average patient gets?” (Physician F)

The physicians expressed concern for the experiences of other patients. For the most part, they felt that their fathers benefited from their personal involvement. That option, however, is unavailable to most patients.

“It scares the hell out of me because what I have come to conclude is that the system’s working well for my father is the exception, rather than the rule. In the other family members that I have been involved with—my grandmother, my uncle, and most recently my mom—my level of involvement was more than it would have been otherwise, because the system was functioning so poorly. It is very scary to me, because 99% of the people accessing the systems don’t have anybody advocating for them that way.” (Physician G)

These physicians were not just malcontents within the health care system. They carried a deep ambivalence about their views of health care. They struggled to reconcile their professional pride with the imperfections in their fathers’ care. Some of the physicians questioned their own involvement in the profession and system that can produce such incongruities.

“I just feel kind of helpless in the face of what [patients] actually run into. You know, when they come back and say, ‘I had a terrible experience.’ I feel responsible for that. I feel embarrassed to be a part of a profession that doesn’t see that as something that’s important.” (Physician B)

“I think he actually got better treatment because of his family medical web of connections than most people would get. And I have some sense of discord about that. We spend so much, we have so many doctors, why is it so hard to make the system work?” (Physician A)

The persistence of their feelings of inner discord was remarkable. Months after the initial interviews and sometimes years after their fathers’ illness episodes, all the physicians expressed some degree of ongoing personal trauma, sometimes silently harboring painful doubts.

“Yeah, there’s some lingering doubt that I continue to think about. And I keep thinking that it would be harder on my mother if I pursued it than it is to leave it alone. If it were just me, I might actually go to a lawyer and ask them to request the records. I still think I wouldn’t know what I wish to know but it might give me some sense of closure on it.” (Physician E)

“What’s interesting is that what you’re looking for are larger issues and themes, but at a microlevel the value of doing this is an opportunity to at least tell the story one time. Because you don’t tell it to people who were there, and you don’t tell it to people who don’t ask you. So it remains something inside of you that is hard.” (Physician B)

Discussion

Even patients with intimate and knowledgeable advocates face challenges in receiving optimal medical care. The physicians in this study, in the unique position of being senior family physicians and concerned family members, felt strongly that patients need an informed, accountable advocate; each witnessed events and situations where such an advocate was absent when needed. Although they were initially reluctant to be involved in their fathers’ care, obstacles to optimal care compelled many of the physicians to intervene. As a result of these experiences, the physicians shared an ongoing inner discord about the performance of the health care system for all patients.

 

 

During the initial interviews, many physicians told their narratives as experiences with specific individuals and did not describe their observations as system-level issues. During the analysis, however, it became clear that the common themes reflected system-level characteristics. When the physicians were re-interviewed, there was universal agreement that the structure of the health care system contributes to poor communication by individual care providers and to medical errors. This observation focuses on the challenge of changing individual provider behavior without addressing the system within which the provider works.

We feel that our sample of 8 physicians was sufficient for a key informant analysis. The pool of potential informants was limited by their unique position and the requirement of having a parent with a recent serious illness episode. This physician sample was deliberately and purposefully selected. The stature of the respondents created a potential bias, a “VIP syndrome” for these physicians’ fathers.3 Rather than receiving excessive care, however, some of these patients received suboptimal or even antagonistic care.

As sons and daughters, it is possible that these physicians may be embittered about their fathers’ care, leading them to exaggerate or overstate their observations. The illness of a parent evokes intense emotions, but it also tends to rivet attention to the care being received.7 Because our informants also acted as participant-observers, it is possible that their observations lacked insight into the harm they may have caused by intervening in their fathers’ care. Despite these factors, the themes of advocacy and rescue were common to all of the physicians. The theme of abiding inner discord was strengthened by its enduring nature over time. By confirming these themes through re-interviews, we are confident that they are robust and valid for each individual as well as for the entire sample. Although these physicians’ reports of their experiences should not be considered generalizable to the population at large, they are informed expert opinions that raise serious concerns about how well the health care system is serving patients.

Our results are consistent with the burgeoning demand for improvement in our current health care system. Health care systems could affirm the continued presence of one physician who is in charge of the patient’s care and accountable to the patient and the patient’s family. Payment systems and health plan rules should not force discontinuity across different care settings. Physicians who have a relationship and previous experience with patients should be encouraged to remain involved in their care during hospitalizations. Health care begs to be rebalanced to emphasize the importance of knowing the patient at least as well as the disease process and medical technology.

We also found that these physicians’ experiences had a profound personal impact. The study physicians expressed a sense of being silenced by the system and were grateful for the relief afforded by telling their stories. This suggests that physicians and the systems they work in should create mechanisms for the discussion of troubling patient care events.

The personal experiences of these physicians hold special importance to other physicians, because they highlight the critical roles physicians are expected to play in a superior health care system. Many of the problems identified by these senior family physicians were manifest in physicians’ behaviors. Physicians should be able to express their ambivalence about problematic health care processes and encourage an environment that avoids blaming and promotes improvements. Rather than waiting for system-level change to improve health care, physicians could examine and change their own behaviors and practices.

Acknowledgments

Our paper is dedicated to Mary Lou Green, whose care at the end of her life inspired this study. The authors are indebted to Priscilla Noland and Michelle Perez for their assistance with the manuscript.

References

1. Tresolini CP, Force P-FT. Health professions education and relationship-centered care. San Francisco, Calif: Pew Health Professions Commission; 1994.

2. Institute of Medicine. To err is human: building a safer health system. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.

3. Schneck SA. ‘Doctoring’ doctors and their families. JAMA 1998;280:2039-42.

4. La Puma J, Stocking CB, La Voie D, Darling CA. When physicians treat members of their own families: practices in a community hospital. N Engl J Med 1991;325:1290-94.

5. Berwick DM. Quality comes home. Ann Intern Med 1996;125:839-43.

6. Marshall MN. The key informant technique. Fam Pract 1996;13:92-97.

7. La Puma J, Priest ER. Is there a doctor in the house? An analysis of the practice of physicians’ treating their own families. JAMA 1992;267:1810-12.

8. Morse J, Field PA. Qualitative research methods for health professionals. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications; 1995.

9. Mays N, Pope C. Rigour and qualitative research. BMJ 1995;311:109-12.

10. Patton MQ. Enhancing the quality and credibility of qualitative analysis. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1189-208.

11. Devers KJ. How will we know ‘good’ qualitative research when we see it? Beginning the dialogue in health services research. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1153-88.

References

1. Tresolini CP, Force P-FT. Health professions education and relationship-centered care. San Francisco, Calif: Pew Health Professions Commission; 1994.

2. Institute of Medicine. To err is human: building a safer health system. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.

3. Schneck SA. ‘Doctoring’ doctors and their families. JAMA 1998;280:2039-42.

4. La Puma J, Stocking CB, La Voie D, Darling CA. When physicians treat members of their own families: practices in a community hospital. N Engl J Med 1991;325:1290-94.

5. Berwick DM. Quality comes home. Ann Intern Med 1996;125:839-43.

6. Marshall MN. The key informant technique. Fam Pract 1996;13:92-97.

7. La Puma J, Priest ER. Is there a doctor in the house? An analysis of the practice of physicians’ treating their own families. JAMA 1992;267:1810-12.

8. Morse J, Field PA. Qualitative research methods for health professionals. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications; 1995.

9. Mays N, Pope C. Rigour and qualitative research. BMJ 1995;311:109-12.

10. Patton MQ. Enhancing the quality and credibility of qualitative analysis. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1189-208.

11. Devers KJ. How will we know ‘good’ qualitative research when we see it? Beginning the dialogue in health services research. Health Serv Res 1999;34:1153-88.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 50(09)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 50(09)
Page Number
762-766
Page Number
762-766
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Family Physicians’ Personal Experiences of Their Fathers’ Health Care
Display Headline
Family Physicians’ Personal Experiences of Their Fathers’ Health Care
Legacy Keywords
,Physiciansfamily members [non-MESH]quality of health care. (J Fam Pract 2001; 50:762-766)
Legacy Keywords
,Physiciansfamily members [non-MESH]quality of health care. (J Fam Pract 2001; 50:762-766)
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article